US20230024914A1 - Methods of treating respiratory disorders - Google Patents
Methods of treating respiratory disorders Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20230024914A1 US20230024914A1 US17/868,106 US202217868106A US2023024914A1 US 20230024914 A1 US20230024914 A1 US 20230024914A1 US 202217868106 A US202217868106 A US 202217868106A US 2023024914 A1 US2023024914 A1 US 2023024914A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- gsno
- subject
- inhibitor
- gsnor
- alkyl
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 62
- 208000023504 respiratory system disease Diseases 0.000 title description 6
- HYHSBSXUHZOYLX-WDSKDSINSA-N S-nitrosoglutathione Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)N[C@@H](CSN=O)C(=O)NCC(O)=O HYHSBSXUHZOYLX-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 124
- 230000000222 hyperoxic effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 57
- 206010058490 Hyperoxia Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 54
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 34
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 26
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 17
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 9
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 4
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims description 79
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 claims description 61
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 53
- 206010006475 bronchopulmonary dysplasia Diseases 0.000 claims description 35
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 claims description 33
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 29
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 27
- 101000718007 Homo sapiens Aldo-keto reductase family 1 member A1 Proteins 0.000 claims description 24
- 102100026448 Aldo-keto reductase family 1 member A1 Human genes 0.000 claims description 23
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 22
- 230000002028 premature Effects 0.000 claims description 20
- KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrole Chemical compound C=1C=CNC=1 KAESVJOAVNADME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 17
- 108010021809 Alcohol dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 claims description 16
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims description 16
- 230000000153 supplemental effect Effects 0.000 claims description 14
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 claims description 12
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 102000004316 Oxidoreductases Human genes 0.000 claims description 6
- 108090000854 Oxidoreductases Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 206010001052 Acute respiratory distress syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000013616 Respiratory Distress Syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 102100039702 Alcohol dehydrogenase class-3 Human genes 0.000 description 82
- -1 hydroxy, amino, sulfhydryl Chemical group 0.000 description 68
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 63
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 50
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 45
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 44
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 43
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 36
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 34
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 32
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 31
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 31
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 29
- 108020004459 Small interfering RNA Proteins 0.000 description 27
- 230000009368 gene silencing by RNA Effects 0.000 description 27
- 108091030071 RNAI Proteins 0.000 description 25
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 25
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 25
- 239000004055 small Interfering RNA Substances 0.000 description 25
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 24
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 22
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 21
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 21
- MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric oxide Chemical group O=[N] MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 description 18
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 18
- 102000040650 (ribonucleotides)n+m Human genes 0.000 description 17
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 17
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 17
- 108091027967 Small hairpin RNA Proteins 0.000 description 16
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 16
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 16
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 15
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 15
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 14
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 13
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 13
- 229910001868 water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 12
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 description 12
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 12
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 12
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 12
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 11
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000003288 aldose reductase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229940090865 aldose reductase inhibitors used in diabetes Drugs 0.000 description 11
- 239000000074 antisense oligonucleotide Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000012230 antisense oligonucleotides Methods 0.000 description 11
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 11
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 229960002329 methacholine Drugs 0.000 description 11
- 108091070501 miRNA Proteins 0.000 description 11
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 11
- 238000001262 western blot Methods 0.000 description 11
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 10
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 10
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000003184 complementary RNA Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 10
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 10
- NZWOPGCLSHLLPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N methacholine Chemical compound C[N+](C)(C)CC(C)OC(C)=O NZWOPGCLSHLLPA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 108091055145 miR-342 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000013612 plasmid Substances 0.000 description 10
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000036428 airway hyperreactivity Effects 0.000 description 9
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 208000006673 asthma Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 9
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 9
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 9
- 108020000948 Antisense Oligonucleotides Proteins 0.000 description 8
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 108700011259 MicroRNAs Proteins 0.000 description 8
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 8
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 8
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 8
- 125000006686 (C1-C24) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 102100027265 Aldo-keto reductase family 1 member B1 Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108020005544 Antisense RNA Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 7
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000003278 mimic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 7
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 108010053754 Aldehyde reductase Proteins 0.000 description 6
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 6
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical group C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000000692 Student's t-test Methods 0.000 description 6
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000000692 anti-sense effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000001925 catabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazole Chemical group C1=CNC=N1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 6
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000002679 microRNA Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 6
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 6
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 230000000241 respiratory effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000003419 tautomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 6
- 101000836540 Homo sapiens Aldo-keto reductase family 1 member B1 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 5
- 108091066030 Mus musculus miR-342 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 5
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000005110 aryl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 125000000852 azido group Chemical group *N=[N+]=[N-] 0.000 description 5
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 description 5
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 108010051015 glutathione-independent formaldehyde dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 5
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 5
- 125000000018 nitroso group Chemical group N(=O)* 0.000 description 5
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 5
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7H-purine Chemical compound N1=CNC2=NC=NC2=C1 KDCGOANMDULRCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102100031794 Alcohol dehydrogenase 6 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 4
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-DCSYEGIMSA-N Beta-Lactose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-DCSYEGIMSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 208000002249 Diabetes Complications Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 206010012655 Diabetic complications Diseases 0.000 description 4
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Furan Chemical group C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 101000775460 Homo sapiens Alcohol dehydrogenase 6 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102100028452 Nitric oxide synthase, endothelial Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 101710090055 Nitric oxide synthase, endothelial Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101710163270 Nuclease Proteins 0.000 description 4
- SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quinoline Chemical compound N1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 SMWDFEZZVXVKRB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108020004511 Recombinant DNA Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 208000002200 Respiratory Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 4
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bisulfite Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])=O DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 108700019146 Transgenes Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 230000010085 airway hyperresponsiveness Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000004448 alkyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000006242 amine protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000002238 attenuated effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 4
- AFYNADDZULBEJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N bicinchoninic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC(C=3C=C(C4=CC=CC=C4N=3)C(=O)O)=CC(C(O)=O)=C21 AFYNADDZULBEJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 description 4
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 4
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 4
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000013265 extended release Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical group [H]N=* 0.000 description 4
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 4
- AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoquinoline Chemical compound C1=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 AWJUIBRHMBBTKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960001375 lactose Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000002540 macrophage Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 4
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000003467 sulfuric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- QCCHBHSAIQIQGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,7-difluorospiro[fluorene-9,5'-imidazolidine]-2',4'-dione Chemical compound C12=CC(F)=CC=C2C2=CC=C(F)C=C2C21NC(=O)NC2=O QCCHBHSAIQIQGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102100034042 Alcohol dehydrogenase 1C Human genes 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- JGLMVXWAHNTPRF-CMDGGOBGSA-N CCN1N=C(C)C=C1C(=O)NC1=NC2=CC(=CC(OC)=C2N1C\C=C\CN1C(NC(=O)C2=CC(C)=NN2CC)=NC2=CC(=CC(OCCCN3CCOCC3)=C12)C(N)=O)C(N)=O Chemical compound CCN1N=C(C)C=C1C(=O)NC1=NC2=CC(=CC(OC)=C2N1C\C=C\CN1C(NC(=O)C2=CC(C)=NN2CC)=NC2=CC(=CC(OCCCN3CCOCC3)=C12)C(N)=O)C(N)=O JGLMVXWAHNTPRF-CMDGGOBGSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 101000796894 Coturnix japonica Alcohol dehydrogenase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101000780463 Homo sapiens Alcohol dehydrogenase 1C Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 101000959452 Homo sapiens Alcohol dehydrogenase class-3 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- YQEZLKZALYSWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ketamine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(Cl)C=1C1(NC)CCCCC1=O YQEZLKZALYSWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N L-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 3
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 108091028043 Nucleic acid sequence Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 206010036590 Premature baby Diseases 0.000 description 3
- WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazole Chemical group C=1C=NNC=1 WTKZEGDFNFYCGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004442 acylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005194 alkoxycarbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003806 alkyl carbonyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005196 alkyl carbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004691 alkyl thio carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000001769 aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004658 aryl carbonyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005199 aryl carbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000005200 aryloxy carbonyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001951 carbamoylamino group Chemical group C(N)(=O)N* 0.000 description 3
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000002648 combination therapy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000004986 diarylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 3
- RIKMMFOAQPJVMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N fomepizole Chemical compound CC=1C=NNC=1 RIKMMFOAQPJVMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960004285 fomepizole Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 description 3
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000030279 gene silencing Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229940091173 hydantoin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 description 3
- 239000012729 immediate-release (IR) formulation Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229960003299 ketamine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000004060 metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000002493 microarray Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 3
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 3
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Chemical group COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000005017 substituted alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000005420 sulfonamido group Chemical group S(=O)(=O)(N*)* 0.000 description 3
- 125000001273 sulfonato group Chemical class [O-]S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 3
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000009469 supplementation Effects 0.000 description 3
- CXWXQJXEFPUFDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetralin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCCC2=C1 CXWXQJXEFPUFDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 3
- BPICBUSOMSTKRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N xylazine Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C)=C1NC1=NCCCS1 BPICBUSOMSTKRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229960001600 xylazine Drugs 0.000 description 3
- FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-benzothiophene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=CC2=C1 FCEHBMOGCRZNNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YTKGAYFHUZTLCI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxy-2-iminopyrimidin-4-amine Chemical compound NC1=CC=NC(=N)N1O YTKGAYFHUZTLCI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PECKLIXQHBFLKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-amino-5h-1,3-thiazol-2-one Chemical class NC1=NC(=O)SC1 PECKLIXQHBFLKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxybenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FXFPQPNUMWQRAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-[(5-chloro-3-methyl-1-benzofuran-2-yl)sulfonyl]pyridazin-3(2h)-one Chemical compound O1C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2C(C)=C1S(=O)(=O)C=1C=CC(=O)NN=1 FXFPQPNUMWQRAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000016912 Aldehyde Reductase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000005602 Aldo-Keto Reductases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010084469 Aldo-Keto Reductases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WSVLPVUVIUVCRA-KPKNDVKVSA-N Alpha-lactose monohydrate Chemical compound O.O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O WSVLPVUVIUVCRA-KPKNDVKVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010002091 Anaesthesia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- QFOHBWFCKVYLES-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butylparaben Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QFOHBWFCKVYLES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000004006 C-nitroso compounds Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 108091070751 Caenorhabditis elegans miR-67 stem-loop Proteins 0.000 description 2
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000283707 Capra Species 0.000 description 2
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 108091026890 Coding region Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108020004394 Complementary RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000004163 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000626 DNA-directed RNA polymerases Proteins 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000255581 Drosophila <fruit fly, genus> Species 0.000 description 2
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010001336 Horseradish Peroxidase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 206010020751 Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 2
- SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Indole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=CC2=C1 SIKJAQJRHWYJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004395 L-leucine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CVVWPFZFKCEYQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-(2-oxo-1,3-thiazolidin-3-yl)benzamide Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)NN1CCSC1=O CVVWPFZFKCEYQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BAWFJGJZGIEFAR-NNYOXOHSSA-O NAD(+) Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=C[N+]([C@H]2[C@@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OC[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O3)N3C4=NC=NC(N)=C4N=C3)O)O2)O)=C1 BAWFJGJZGIEFAR-NNYOXOHSSA-O 0.000 description 2
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102100029438 Nitric oxide synthase, inducible Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101710089543 Nitric oxide synthase, inducible Proteins 0.000 description 2
- JCXJVPUVTGWSNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrogen dioxide Chemical compound O=[N]=O JCXJVPUVTGWSNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000005107 Premature Birth Diseases 0.000 description 2
- KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrazine Chemical group C1=CN=CC=N1 KYQCOXFCLRTKLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- REFJWTPEDVJJIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quercetin Chemical compound C=1C(O)=CC(O)=C(C(C=2O)=O)C=1OC=2C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 REFJWTPEDVJJIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012083 RIPA buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000037656 Respiratory Sounds Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 2
- 150000004007 S-nitroso compounds Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophene Chemical group C=1C=CSC=1 YTPLMLYBLZKORZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 108091023045 Untranslated Region Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000001790 Welch's t-test Methods 0.000 description 2
- 206010047924 Wheezing Diseases 0.000 description 2
- XQAXGZLFSSPBMK-UHFFFAOYSA-M [7-(dimethylamino)phenothiazin-3-ylidene]-dimethylazanium;chloride;trihydrate Chemical compound O.O.O.[Cl-].C1=CC(=[N+](C)C)C=C2SC3=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C3N=C21 XQAXGZLFSSPBMK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012042 active reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004423 acyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000012387 aerosolization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000003158 alcohol group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 125000002723 alicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004457 alkyl amino carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004947 alkyl aryl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005277 alkyl imino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004644 alkyl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000007815 allergy Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229940024606 amino acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000001014 amino acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000037005 anaesthesia Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002280 anti-androgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000051 antiandrogen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940030495 antiandrogen sex hormone and modulator of the genital system Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000005116 aryl carbamoyl group Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000005129 aryl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004467 aryl imino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005163 aryl sulfanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940127225 asthma medication Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960000686 benzalkonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 2
- RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzarone Chemical compound CCC=1OC2=CC=CC=C2C=1C(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RFRXIWQYSOIBDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000008331 benzenesulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzothiazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC=NC2=C1 IOJUPLGTWVMSFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 2
- KVYGGMBOZFWZBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl nicotinate Chemical compound C=1C=CN=CC=1C(=O)OCC1=CC=CC=C1 KVYGGMBOZFWZBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(dimethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[NH+](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FUWUEFKEXZQKKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-thujaplicin Chemical compound CC(C)C=1C=CC=C(O)C(=O)C=1 FUWUEFKEXZQKKA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940124630 bronchodilator Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- XAAHAAMILDNBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium hydrogenphosphate dihydrate Chemical compound O.O.[Ca+2].OP([O-])([O-])=O XAAHAAMILDNBPS-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 125000002579 carboxylato group Chemical group [O-]C(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003776 cleavage reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940075614 colloidal silicon dioxide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000039 congener Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001651 cyanato group Chemical group [*]OC#N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005595 deprotonation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000010537 deprotonation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000019700 dicalcium phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940095079 dicalcium phosphate anhydrous Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940042399 direct acting antivirals protease inhibitors Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 210000000981 epithelium Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000002170 ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004494 ethyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- MMXKVMNBHPAILY-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl laurate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC MMXKVMNBHPAILY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 description 2
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001502 gel electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012226 gene silencing method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 2
- RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N glutathione Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)NCC(O)=O RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004366 heterocycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000009396 hybridization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000003364 immunohistochemistry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012744 immunostaining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000001261 isocyanato group Chemical group *N=C=O 0.000 description 2
- 125000002462 isocyano group Chemical group *[N+]#[C-] 0.000 description 2
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 2
- TWBYWOBDOCUKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N isonicotinic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=NC=C1 TWBYWOBDOCUKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001810 isothiocyanato group Chemical group *N=C=S 0.000 description 2
- 229960001021 lactose monohydrate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229960003136 leucine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005399 mechanical ventilation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 2
- RIFHJAODNHLCBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanethione Chemical group S=[CH] RIFHJAODNHLCBH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl salicylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 2
- LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylparaben Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000907 methylthioninium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000010208 microarray analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 2
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N monobenzene Natural products C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006199 nebulizer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002840 nitric oxide donor Substances 0.000 description 2
- BDJRBEYXGGNYIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonanedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCCC(O)=O BDJRBEYXGGNYIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBUKVWPVBMHYJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N noncarboxylic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC(O)=O FBUKVWPVBMHYJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000474 nursing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000001181 organosilyl group Chemical group [SiH3]* 0.000 description 2
- 238000006213 oxygenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960003742 phenol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- FVZVCSNXTFCBQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphanyl Chemical group [PH2] FVZVCSNXTFCBQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000394 phosphonato group Chemical group [O-]P([O-])(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 125000001476 phosphono group Chemical group [H]OP(*)(=O)O[H] 0.000 description 2
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000001124 posttranscriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- AQHHHDLHHXJYJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N propranolol Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(OCC(O)CNC(C)C)=CC=CC2=C1 AQHHHDLHHXJYJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylparaben Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000005588 protonation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000541 pulsatile effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011552 rat model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003753 real-time PCR Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000007115 recruitment Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 2
- GHMLBKRAJCXXBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N resorcinol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC(O)=C1 GHMLBKRAJCXXBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000002345 respiratory system Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000010839 reverse transcription Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000007017 scission Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 210000002460 smooth muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- LPXPTNMVRIOKMN-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium nitrite Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]N=O LPXPTNMVRIOKMN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 2
- 238000004611 spectroscopical analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010186 staining Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000000020 sulfo group Chemical group O=S(=O)([*])O[H] 0.000 description 2
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001629 suppression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000003536 tetrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- ZFXYFBGIUFBOJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N theophylline Chemical compound O=C1N(C)C(=O)N(C)C2=C1NC=N2 ZFXYFBGIUFBOJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940126585 therapeutic drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 231100001274 therapeutic index Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002103 transcriptional effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013519 translation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000003648 triterpenes Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000002221 trityl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C([*])(C1=C(C(=C(C(=C1[H])[H])[H])[H])[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000007492 two-way ANOVA Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940124549 vasodilator Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003071 vasodilator agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 description 2
- NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UTLUCORTSA-N (+)-Neomenthol Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H]1CC[C@@H](C)C[C@@H]1O NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UTLUCORTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMAYWYJOQHXEEK-OZXSUGGESA-N (2R,4S)-ketoconazole Chemical compound C1CN(C(=O)C)CCN1C(C=C1)=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1O[C@@](CN2C=NC=C2)(C=2C(=CC(Cl)=CC=2)Cl)OC1 XMAYWYJOQHXEEK-OZXSUGGESA-N 0.000 description 1
- LUKFBBVWTIMTHT-DKWTVANSSA-N (2r)-2-amino-3-sulfanylpropanoic acid;copper Chemical compound [Cu].SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O LUKFBBVWTIMTHT-DKWTVANSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QWPCKAAAWDCDCW-VKHMYHEASA-N (2s)-2-amino-4-nitrososulfanylbutanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCSN=O QWPCKAAAWDCDCW-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- WCGUUGGRBIKTOS-GPOJBZKASA-N (3beta)-3-hydroxyurs-12-en-28-oic acid Chemical compound C1C[C@H](O)C(C)(C)[C@@H]2CC[C@@]3(C)[C@]4(C)CC[C@@]5(C(O)=O)CC[C@@H](C)[C@H](C)[C@H]5C4=CC[C@@H]3[C@]21C WCGUUGGRBIKTOS-GPOJBZKASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006273 (C1-C3) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004191 (C1-C6) alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzoxazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC=NC2=C1 BCMCBBGGLRIHSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LYOKOJQBUZRTMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-bis[[1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)propan-2-yl]oxy]-2,2-bis[[1,1,1,3,3,3-hexafluoro-2-(trifluoromethyl)propan-2-yl]oxymethyl]propane Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(C(F)(F)F)(C(F)(F)F)OCC(COC(C(F)(F)F)(C(F)(F)F)C(F)(F)F)(COC(C(F)(F)F)(C(F)(F)F)C(F)(F)F)COC(C(F)(F)F)(C(F)(F)F)C(F)(F)F LYOKOJQBUZRTMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VCEHMDXCOGIOJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-(hydroperoxymethyl)-4-methylbenzene Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(COO)C=C1 VCEHMDXCOGIOJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YHPJVEVBHRHVGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-anilinonaphthalene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=C2C=CC=CC2=C1NC1=CC=CC=C1 YHPJVEVBHRHVGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VOXZDWNPVJITMN-ZBRFXRBCSA-N 17β-estradiol Chemical compound OC1=CC=C2[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 VOXZDWNPVJITMN-ZBRFXRBCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-benzimidazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC=NC2=C1 HYZJCKYKOHLVJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KJUGUADJHNHALS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1H-tetrazole Substances C=1N=NNN=1 KJUGUADJHNHALS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LHGQFZQWSOXLEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-pyrazole-4,5-diamine Chemical compound NC=1C=NNC=1N LHGQFZQWSOXLEW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KPWDGTGXUYRARH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,2-trichloroethanol Chemical compound OCC(Cl)(Cl)Cl KPWDGTGXUYRARH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KLZYRCVPDWTZLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dimethylsuccinic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(C)C(C)C(O)=O KLZYRCVPDWTZLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CHHHXKFHOYLYRE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2,4-Hexadienoic acid, potassium salt (1:1), (2E,4E)- Chemical compound [K+].CC=CC=CC([O-])=O CHHHXKFHOYLYRE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(hydroxymethyl)-6-[4,5,6-trihydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane-3,4,5-triol Chemical compound OCC1OC(OC2C(O)C(O)C(O)OC2CO)C(O)C(O)C1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HUHXLHLWASNVDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(oxan-2-yloxy)oxane Chemical class O1CCCCC1OC1OCCCC1 HUHXLHLWASNVDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHVPQPYKVGDNFY-DFMJLFEVSA-N 2-[(2r)-butan-2-yl]-4-[4-[4-[4-[[(2r,4s)-2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)-2-(1,2,4-triazol-1-ylmethyl)-1,3-dioxolan-4-yl]methoxy]phenyl]piperazin-1-yl]phenyl]-1,2,4-triazol-3-one Chemical compound O=C1N([C@H](C)CC)N=CN1C1=CC=C(N2CCN(CC2)C=2C=CC(OC[C@@H]3O[C@](CN4N=CN=C4)(OC3)C=3C(=CC(Cl)=CC=3)Cl)=CC=2)C=C1 VHVPQPYKVGDNFY-DFMJLFEVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FWPVKDFOUXHOKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[1-(carboxymethyl)cyclopentyl]acetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1(CC(O)=O)CCCC1 FWPVKDFOUXHOKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710155073 2-amino-3,7-dideoxy-D-threo-hept-6-ulosonate synthase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DJQYYYCQOZMCRC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminopropane-1,3-dithiol Chemical group SCC(N)CS DJQYYYCQOZMCRC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MEKRUGGNBTYVRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethyl-5-methylpyrazole-3,4-diamine Chemical compound CCN1N=C(C)C(N)=C1N MEKRUGGNBTYVRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DYNFCHNNOHNJFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-formylbenzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C=O DYNFCHNNOHNJFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000094 2-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- WGRPQCFFBRDZFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-methylbenzamide Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(C(N)=O)=C1 WGRPQCFFBRDZFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NCGICGYLBXGBGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-morpholin-4-yl-1-oxa-3-azonia-2-azanidacyclopent-3-en-5-imine;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.[N-]1OC(=N)C=[N+]1N1CCOCC1 NCGICGYLBXGBGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006201 3-phenylpropyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- PEPBFCOIJRULGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3h-1,2,3-benzodioxazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NOOC2=C1 PEPBFCOIJRULGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 4-[[(3ar,5ar,5br,7ar,9s,11ar,11br,13as)-5a,5b,8,8,11a-pentamethyl-3a-[(5-methylpyridine-3-carbonyl)amino]-2-oxo-1-propan-2-yl-4,5,6,7,7a,9,10,11,11b,12,13,13a-dodecahydro-3h-cyclopenta[a]chrysen-9-yl]oxy]-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical group N([C@@]12CC[C@@]3(C)[C@]4(C)CC[C@H]5C(C)(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)CC(C)(C)C(O)=O)CC[C@]5(C)[C@H]4CC[C@@H]3C1=C(C(C2)=O)C(C)C)C(=O)C1=CN=CC(C)=C1 QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940090248 4-hydroxybenzoic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000590 4-methylphenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- WLLPPYCYEXLVGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-pentyl-1h-pyrazole Chemical compound CCCCCC=1C=NNC=1 WLLPPYCYEXLVGO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101710169336 5'-deoxyadenosine deaminase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CLRIMWMVEVYXAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-ethylcyclopenta-1,3-diene Chemical compound CCC1C=CC=C1 CLRIMWMVEVYXAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODHCTXKNWHHXJC-VKHMYHEASA-N 5-oxo-L-proline Chemical class OC(=O)[C@@H]1CCC(=O)N1 ODHCTXKNWHHXJC-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- LMEHJKJEPRYEEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-prop-1-ynylpyrimidine Chemical compound CC#CC1=CN=CN=C1 LMEHJKJEPRYEEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UINNILASBHZOTM-NYTQINMXSA-N 5-β-d-ribofuranosylnicotinamide adenine dinucleotide Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=C[NH+]=CC([C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)O[P@@](O)(=O)OC[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O3)N3C4=NC=NC(N)=C4N=C3)O)O2)O)=C1 UINNILASBHZOTM-NYTQINMXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000251468 Actinopterygii Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100036664 Adenosine deaminase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108060003345 Adrenergic Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000017910 Adrenergic receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000007698 Alcohol dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- JDLKFOPOAOFWQN-VIFPVBQESA-N Allicin Natural products C=CCS[S@](=O)CC=C JDLKFOPOAOFWQN-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108020004491 Antisense DNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000001381 Arachidonate 5-Lipoxygenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010093579 Arachidonate 5-lipoxygenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004475 Arginine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108010011485 Aspartame Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010066091 Bronchial Hyperreactivity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000011740 C57BL/6 mouse Methods 0.000 description 1
- 101150071146 COX2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- DCERHCFNWRGHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N C[Si](C)C Chemical compound C[Si](C)C DCERHCFNWRGHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101100114534 Caenorhabditis elegans ctc-2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000700198 Cavia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700199 Cavia porcellus Species 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- DBAKFASWICGISY-BTJKTKAUSA-N Chlorpheniramine maleate Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O.C=1C=CC=NC=1C(CCN(C)C)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 DBAKFASWICGISY-BTJKTKAUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091033380 Coding strand Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002785 Croscarmellose sodium Polymers 0.000 description 1
- UDIPTWFVPPPURJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Cyclamate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)NC1CCCCC1 UDIPTWFVPPPURJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102000010906 Cyclooxygenase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010037464 Cyclooxygenase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010036941 Cyclosporins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000003883 Cystic fibrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- SNPLKNRPJHDVJA-ZETCQYMHSA-N D-panthenol Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)[C@@H](O)C(=O)NCCCO SNPLKNRPJHDVJA-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N DL-menthol Natural products CC(C)C1CCC(C)CC1O NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000053602 DNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710177611 DNA polymerase II large subunit Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101710184669 DNA polymerase II small subunit Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940124186 Dehydrogenase inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N Deuterium Chemical compound [2H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AJFTZWGGHJXZOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N DuP 697 Chemical compound C1=CC(S(=O)(=O)C)=CC=C1C1=C(C=2C=CC(F)=CC=2)SC(Br)=C1 AJFTZWGGHJXZOB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006144 Dulbecco’s modified Eagle's medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000792859 Enema Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283073 Equus caballus Species 0.000 description 1
- VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethene Chemical group C=C VGGSQFUCUMXWEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QQZWEECEMNQSTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl nitrite Chemical compound CCON=O QQZWEECEMNQSTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005977 Ethylene Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Fluoride anion Chemical compound [F-] KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 1
- 108700039691 Genetic Promoter Regions Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XQFRJNBWHJMXHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N IDUR Chemical compound C1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1N1C(=O)NC(=O)C(I)=C1 XQFRJNBWHJMXHO-RRKCRQDMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940124790 IL-6 inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108010002352 Interleukin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KLDXJTOLSGUMSJ-JGWLITMVSA-N Isosorbide Chemical compound O[C@@H]1CO[C@@H]2[C@@H](O)CO[C@@H]21 KLDXJTOLSGUMSJ-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930194542 Keto Natural products 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P L-argininium(2+) Chemical compound NC(=[NH2+])NCCC[C@H]([NH3+])C(O)=O ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-BYPYZUCNSA-P 0.000 description 1
- FSBIGDSBMBYOPN-VKHMYHEASA-N L-canavanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCONC(N)=N FSBIGDSBMBYOPN-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N L-methionine Chemical compound CSCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O FFEARJCKVFRZRR-BYPYZUCNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101001110310 Lentilactobacillus kefiri NADP-dependent (R)-specific alcohol dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000270322 Lepidosauria Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000003820 Lipoxygenases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000128 Lipoxygenases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000019693 Lung disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019759 Maize starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000000585 Mann–Whitney U test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000893859 Matelea Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000246386 Mentha pulegium Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016257 Mentha pulegium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000004357 Mentha x piperita Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108090000157 Metallothionein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091030146 MiRBase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- ZFMITUMMTDLWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Minoxidil Chemical compound NC1=[N+]([O-])C(N)=CC(N2CCCCC2)=N1 ZFMITUMMTDLWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000881 Modified starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 1
- GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-N-methylprop-2-en-1-amine Chemical compound CN(CCC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)CC=C GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003047 N-acetyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000004008 N-nitroso compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- KTDZCOWXCWUPEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N NS-398 Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)NC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C1OC1CCCCC1 KTDZCOWXCWUPEO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DFPAKSUCGFBDDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nicotinamide Chemical group NC(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 DFPAKSUCGFBDDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100022397 Nitric oxide synthase, brain Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710111444 Nitric oxide synthase, brain Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- SNIOPGDIGTZGOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitroglycerin Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)OCC(O[N+]([O-])=O)CO[N+]([O-])=O SNIOPGDIGTZGOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000006 Nitroglycerin Substances 0.000 description 1
- FSBIGDSBMBYOPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-guanidino-DL-homoserine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCON=C(N)N FSBIGDSBMBYOPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004009 O-nitroso compounds Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000011623 Obstructive Lung disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxazole Chemical group C1=COC=N1 ZCQWOFVYLHDMMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ozone Chemical compound [O-][O+]=O CBENFWSGALASAD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101150000187 PTGS2 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010033799 Paralysis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 108091093037 Peptide nucleic acid Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000009328 Perro Species 0.000 description 1
- XPFRXWCVYUEORT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenacemide Chemical compound NC(=O)NC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 XPFRXWCVYUEORT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenazine Chemical group C1=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 PCNDJXKNXGMECE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorous acid Chemical class OP(O)=O ABLZXFCXXLZCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920005372 Plexiglas® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002732 Polyanhydride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000954 Polyglycolide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001710 Polyorthoester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002685 Polyoxyl 35CastorOil Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940127343 Potassium Channel Agonists Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propionate Chemical compound CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102100038277 Prostaglandin G/H synthase 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050003243 Prostaglandin G/H synthase 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100038280 Prostaglandin G/H synthase 2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050003267 Prostaglandin G/H synthase 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940123924 Protein kinase C inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010061924 Pulmonary toxicity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical group C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZVOLCUVKHLEPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quercetagetin Natural products C1=C(O)C(O)=CC=C1C1=C(O)C(=O)C2=C(O)C(O)=C(O)C=C2O1 ZVOLCUVKHLEPEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LUJAXSNNYBCFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quercetin 3,7-dimethyl ether Natural products C=1C(OC)=CC(O)=C(C(C=2OC)=O)C=1OC=2C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 LUJAXSNNYBCFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PUTDIROJWHRSJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Quercitrin Natural products CC1OC(Oc2cc(cc(O)c2O)C3=CC(=O)c4c(O)cc(O)cc4O3)C(O)C(O)C1O PUTDIROJWHRSJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000014450 RNA Polymerase III Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010078067 RNA Polymerase III Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000012228 RNA interference-mediated gene silencing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011529 RT qPCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000004756 Respiratory Insufficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HWTZYBCRDDUBJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Rhynchosin Natural products C1=C(O)C(O)=CC=C1C1=C(O)C(=O)C2=CC(O)=C(O)C=C2O1 HWTZYBCRDDUBJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004389 Ribonucleoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010081734 Ribonucleoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000714474 Rous sarcoma virus Species 0.000 description 1
- XOWVFANEOZMPKG-REOHCLBHSA-N S-nitroso-L-cysteine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CSN=O XOWVFANEOZMPKG-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UOHAKHBEJRPHQZ-VKHMYHEASA-N S-nitroso-L-cysteinylglycine Chemical compound O=NSC[C@H](N)C(=O)NCC(O)=O UOHAKHBEJRPHQZ-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZIIQCSMRQKCOCT-YFKPBYRVSA-N S-nitroso-N-acetyl-D-penicillamine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@@H](C(O)=O)C(C)(C)SN=O ZIIQCSMRQKCOCT-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010093594 S-nitrosoalbumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000002262 Schiff base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000004753 Schiff bases Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940124639 Selective inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 108091081021 Sense strand Proteins 0.000 description 1
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M Sodium bicarbonate-14C Chemical compound [Na+].O[14C]([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-DEQYMQKBSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930182558 Sterol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 235000019486 Sunflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241000282898 Sus scrofa Species 0.000 description 1
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiazole Chemical group C1=CSC=N1 FZWLAAWBMGSTSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Thiophosphoric acid Chemical group OP(O)(S)=O RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000006601 Thymidine Kinase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004440 Thymidine kinase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- XEFQLINVKFYRCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triclosan Chemical compound OC1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1OC1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1Cl XEFQLINVKFYRCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N Tritium Chemical compound [3H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000000852 Tumor Necrosis Factor-alpha Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229930003316 Vitamin D Natural products 0.000 description 1
- QYSXJUFSXHHAJI-XFEUOLMDSA-N Vitamin D3 Natural products C1(/[C@@H]2CC[C@@H]([C@]2(CCC1)C)[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)=C/C=C1\C[C@@H](O)CCC1=C QYSXJUFSXHHAJI-XFEUOLMDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002441 X-ray diffraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Xylitol Natural products OCCC(O)C(O)C(O)CCO TVXBFESIOXBWNM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N [1,10]phenanthroline Chemical compound C1=CN=C2C3=NC=CC=C3C=CC2=C1 DGEZNRSVGBDHLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OXGUCUVFOIWWQJ-XIMSSLRFSA-N acanthophorin B Natural products O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1OC1=C(C=2C=C(O)C(O)=CC=2)OC2=CC(O)=CC(O)=C2C1=O OXGUCUVFOIWWQJ-XIMSSLRFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YGCFIWIQZPHFLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N acesulfame Chemical compound CC1=CC(=O)NS(=O)(=O)O1 YGCFIWIQZPHFLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005164 acesulfame Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001241 acetals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011037 adipic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001279 adipic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001261 affinity purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000037883 airway inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005089 alkenylaminocarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005090 alkenylcarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005157 alkyl carboxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000005215 alkyl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 201000009961 allergic asthma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- JDLKFOPOAOFWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N allicin Chemical compound C=CCSS(=O)CC=C JDLKFOPOAOFWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010081 allicin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- TUFYVOCKVJOUIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-Thujaplicin Natural products CC(C)C=1C=CC=CC(=O)C=1O TUFYVOCKVJOUIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GCUCIFQCGJIRNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N alrestatin Chemical compound C1=CC(C(N(CC(=O)O)C2=O)=O)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 GCUCIFQCGJIRNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950010242 alrestatin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 description 1
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HTIQEAQVCYTUBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N amlodipine Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=C(COCCN)NC(C)=C(C(=O)OC)C1C1=CC=CC=C1Cl HTIQEAQVCYTUBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000528 amlodipine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000000540 analysis of variance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- RWZYAGGXGHYGMB-UHFFFAOYSA-M anthranilate Chemical compound NC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RWZYAGGXGHYGMB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940121363 anti-inflammatory agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002260 anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000845 anti-microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000739 antihistaminic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003816 antisense DNA Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N arginine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCCNC(N)=N ODKSFYDXXFIFQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008122 artificial sweetener Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021311 artificial sweeteners Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000005125 aryl alkyl amino carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005099 aryl alkyl carbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ZDQSOHOQTUFQEM-PKUCKEGBSA-N ascomycin Chemical class C/C([C@H]1OC(=O)[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C(=O)[C@]2(O)O[C@@H]([C@H](C[C@H]2C)OC)[C@@H](OC)C[C@@H](C)C\C(C)=C/[C@H](C(C[C@H](O)[C@H]1C)=O)CC)=C\[C@@H]1CC[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC)C1 ZDQSOHOQTUFQEM-PKUCKEGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000605 aspartame Substances 0.000 description 1
- IAOZJIPTCAWIRG-QWRGUYRKSA-N aspartame Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)OC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 IAOZJIPTCAWIRG-QWRGUYRKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010357 aspartame Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003438 aspartame Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KSCQDDRPFHTIRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N auramine O Chemical compound [H+].[Cl-].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1C(=N)C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 KSCQDDRPFHTIRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MNFORVFSTILPAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N azetidin-2-one Chemical class O=C1CCN1 MNFORVFSTILPAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003385 bacteriostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001950 benzethonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UREZNYTWGJKWBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzethonium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(C(C)(C)CC(C)(C)C)=CC=C1OCCOCC[N+](C)(C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 UREZNYTWGJKWBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960004365 benzoic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012965 benzophenone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000008366 benzophenones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229950004580 benzyl nicotinate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- KQNZLOUWXSAZGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzylperoxymethylbenzene Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1COOCC1=CC=CC=C1 KQNZLOUWXSAZGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YBHILYKTIRIUTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N berberine Chemical compound C1=C2CC[N+]3=CC4=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=C4C=C3C2=CC2=C1OCO2 YBHILYKTIRIUTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093265 berberine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QISXPYZVZJBNDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N berberine Natural products COc1ccc2C=C3N(Cc2c1OC)C=Cc4cc5OCOc5cc34 QISXPYZVZJBNDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003833 bile salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940093761 bile salts Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000975 bioactive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000249 biocompatible polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000031018 biological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008499 blood brain barrier function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001218 blood-brain barrier Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940098773 bovine serum albumin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000030303 breathing problems Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000000621 bronchi Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036427 bronchial hyperreactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003123 bronchiole Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000013276 bronchoscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008372 bubblegum flavor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- DQXBYHZEEUGOBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N but-3-enoic acid;ethene Chemical compound C=C.OC(=O)CC=C DQXBYHZEEUGOBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940067596 butylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000010805 cDNA synthesis kit Methods 0.000 description 1
- CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium stearate Chemical compound [Ca+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CJZGTCYPCWQAJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000008116 calcium stearate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013539 calcium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000309466 calf Species 0.000 description 1
- 150000004657 carbamic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004649 carbonic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- OCHFNTLZOZPXFE-JEDNCBNOSA-N carbonic acid;(2s)-2,6-diaminohexanoic acid Chemical compound OC(O)=O.NCCCC[C@H](N)C(O)=O OCHFNTLZOZPXFE-JEDNCBNOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000000038 chest Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940099898 chlorophyllin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019805 chlorophyllin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940046978 chlorpheniramine maleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940107161 cholesterol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000349 chromosome Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019504 cigarettes Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000015165 citric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000001860 citric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- AGVAZMGAQJOSFJ-WZHZPDAFSA-M cobalt(2+);[(2r,3s,4r,5s)-5-(5,6-dimethylbenzimidazol-1-yl)-4-hydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] [(2r)-1-[3-[(1r,2r,3r,4z,7s,9z,12s,13s,14z,17s,18s,19r)-2,13,18-tris(2-amino-2-oxoethyl)-7,12,17-tris(3-amino-3-oxopropyl)-3,5,8,8,13,15,18,19-octamethyl-2 Chemical class [Co+2].N#[C-].[N-]([C@@H]1[C@H](CC(N)=O)[C@@]2(C)CCC(=O)NC[C@@H](C)OP(O)(=O)O[C@H]3[C@H]([C@H](O[C@@H]3CO)N3C4=CC(C)=C(C)C=C4N=C3)O)\C2=C(C)/C([C@H](C\2(C)C)CCC(N)=O)=N/C/2=C\C([C@H]([C@@]/2(CC(N)=O)C)CCC(N)=O)=N\C\2=C(C)/C2=N[C@]1(C)[C@@](C)(CC(N)=O)[C@@H]2CCC(N)=O AGVAZMGAQJOSFJ-WZHZPDAFSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000000112 colonic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004440 column chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002860 competitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000005289 controlled pore glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000005687 corn oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002285 corn oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002385 cottonseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940124446 critical care medicine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960001681 croscarmellose sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010947 crosslinked sodium carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940109275 cyclamate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000596 cyclohexenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000522 cyclooctenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCCCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002433 cyclopentenyl group Chemical group C1(=CCCC1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229930182912 cyclosporin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- UWFYSQMTEOIJJG-FDTZYFLXSA-N cyproterone acetate Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C2=CC(=O)[C@@H]3C[C@@H]3[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@@](C(C)=O)(OC(=O)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 UWFYSQMTEOIJJG-FDTZYFLXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002433 cysteine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003493 decenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001784 detoxification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052805 deuterium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- NIJJYAXOARWZEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N di-n-propyl-acetic acid Natural products CCCC(C(O)=O)CCC NIJJYAXOARWZEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004473 dialkylaminocarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- GDLBFKVLRPITMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N diazoxide Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C2NC(C)=NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 GDLBFKVLRPITMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004042 diazoxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004683 dihydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 1
- RRPFCKLVOUENJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium;2-aminoacetic acid;carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O.NCC(O)=O RRPFCKLVOUENJB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- SPBWMYPZWNFWES-UHFFFAOYSA-N disodium;azanylidyneoxidanium;iron(2+);pentacyanide;dihydrate Chemical compound O.O.[Na+].[Na+].[Fe+2].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].N#[C-].[O+]#N SPBWMYPZWNFWES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003828 downregulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036267 drug metabolism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001962 electrophoresis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002081 enamines Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002158 endotoxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007920 enema Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940079360 enema for constipation Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002085 enols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229930182833 estradiol Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 239000000262 estrogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- AVOLMBLBETYQHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N etacrynic acid Chemical compound CCC(=C)C(=O)C1=CC=C(OCC(O)=O)C(Cl)=C1Cl AVOLMBLBETYQHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003199 etacrynic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001033 ether group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005038 ethylene vinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002388 eustachian tube Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000010685 fatty oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001605 fetal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003754 fetus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- DBEPLOCGEIEOCV-WSBQPABSSA-N finasteride Chemical compound N([C@@H]1CC2)C(=O)C=C[C@]1(C)[C@@H]1[C@@H]2[C@@H]2CC[C@H](C(=O)NC(C)(C)C)[C@@]2(C)CC1 DBEPLOCGEIEOCV-WSBQPABSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004039 finasteride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930003935 flavonoid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002215 flavonoids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000017173 flavonoids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000005519 fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- MKXKFYHWDHIYRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N flutamide Chemical compound CC(C)C(=O)NC1=CC=C([N+]([O-])=O)C(C(F)(F)F)=C1 MKXKFYHWDHIYRV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002074 flutamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000004675 formic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008369 fruit flavor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011087 fumaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002238 fumaric acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- IECPWNUMDGFDKC-MZJAQBGESA-N fusidic acid Chemical class O[C@@H]([C@@H]12)C[C@H]3\C(=C(/CCC=C(C)C)C(O)=O)[C@@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@]3(C)[C@@]2(C)CC[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)CC[C@@H](O)[C@H]2C IECPWNUMDGFDKC-MZJAQBGESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002695 general anesthesia Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005456 glyceride group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960003711 glyceryl trinitrate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003316 glycosidase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N haloperidol Chemical compound C1CC(O)(C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)CCN1CCCC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001307 helium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052734 helium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N helium atom Chemical compound [He] SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000002390 heteroarenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000001050 hortel pimenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000005260 human cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- WJRBRSLFGCUECM-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydantoin Chemical compound O=C1CNC(=O)N1 WJRBRSLFGCUECM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-] XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 150000001261 hydroxy acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002466 imines Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229950007327 imirestat Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002055 immunohistochemical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000415 inactivating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indole Natural products CC1=CC=CC2=C1C=CN2 PZOUSPYUWWUPPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolenine Natural products C1=CC=C2CC=NC2=C1 RKJUIXBNRJVNHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N indolizine Chemical compound C1=CC=CN2C=CC=C21 HOBCFUWDNJPFHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000266 injurious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003434 inspiratory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000138 intercalating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 1
- 230000007794 irritation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000555 isopropenyl group Chemical group [H]\C([H])=C(\*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229960002479 isosorbide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N isothiazole Chemical group C=1C=NSC=1 ZLTPDFXIESTBQG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 1
- CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N isoxazole Chemical group C=1C=NOC=1 CTAPFRYPJLPFDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004130 itraconazole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MWDZOUNAPSSOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaempferol Natural products OC1=C(C(=O)c2cc(O)cc(O)c2O1)c3ccc(O)cc3 MWDZOUNAPSSOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004125 ketoconazole Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003951 lactams Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002596 lactones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920006008 lipopolysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000007040 lung development Effects 0.000 description 1
- ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium carbonate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-]C([O-])=O ZLNQQNXFFQJAID-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000001095 magnesium carbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000021 magnesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000014380 magnesium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Mg+2] VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000347 magnesium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001862 magnesium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000001161 mammalian embryo Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001525 mentha piperita l. herb oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940041616 menthol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003151 mercaptamine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N meso ribitol Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930182817 methionine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 229960004452 methionine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000006109 methionine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000004184 methoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000004292 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001047 methyl salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002216 methylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YACKEPLHDIMKIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylphosphonic acid Chemical compound CP(O)(O)=O YACKEPLHDIMKIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003253 miRNA assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 1
- DYKFCLLONBREIL-KVUCHLLUSA-N minocycline Chemical compound C([C@H]1C2)C3=C(N(C)C)C=CC(O)=C3C(=O)C1=C(O)[C@@]1(O)[C@@H]2[C@H](N(C)C)C(O)=C(C(N)=O)C1=O DYKFCLLONBREIL-KVUCHLLUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004023 minocycline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003632 minoxidil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019426 modified starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000000302 molecular modelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- XLFWDASMENKTKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N molsidomine Chemical compound O1C(N=C([O-])OCC)=C[N+](N2CCOCC2)=N1 XLFWDASMENKTKL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004027 molsidomine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004682 monohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002324 mouth wash Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940051866 mouthwash Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000004400 mucous membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000035772 mutation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004370 n-butenyl group Chemical group [H]\C([H])=C(/[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 210000003928 nasal cavity Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000002850 nasal mucosa Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000007922 nasal spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006218 nasal suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021096 natural sweeteners Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229930027945 nicotinamide-adenine dinucleotide Natural products 0.000 description 1
- BOPGDPNILDQYTO-NNYOXOHSSA-N nicotinamide-adenine dinucleotide Chemical compound C1=CCC(C(=O)N)=CN1[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OC[C@@H]2[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@@H](O2)N2C3=NC=NC(N)=C3N=C2)O)O1 BOPGDPNILDQYTO-NNYOXOHSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002828 nitro derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XKLJHFLUAHKGGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrous amide Chemical compound ON=N XKLJHFLUAHKGGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108091027963 non-coding RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000042567 non-coding RNA Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 229940021182 non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012457 nonaqueous media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036963 noncompetitive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001400 nonyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000002777 nucleoside Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003833 nucleoside derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OIPZNTLJVJGRCI-UHFFFAOYSA-M octadecanoyloxyaluminum;dihydrate Chemical compound O.O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[Al] OIPZNTLJVJGRCI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000004365 octenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000003463 organelle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010355 oscillation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002018 overexpression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002923 oximes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- QUANRIQJNFHVEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxirane;propane-1,2,3-triol Chemical compound C1CO1.OCC(O)CO QUANRIQJNFHVEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012856 packing Methods 0.000 description 1
- NPIJXCQZLFKBMV-YTGGZNJNSA-L pancuronium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].[Br-].C[N+]1([C@@H]2[C@@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@@H]3CC[C@H]4[C@@H]5C[C@@H]([C@@H]([C@]5(CC[C@@H]4[C@@]3(C)C2)C)OC(=O)C)[N+]2(C)CCCCC2)CCCCC1 NPIJXCQZLFKBMV-YTGGZNJNSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229960003379 pancuronium bromide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940101267 panthenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000020957 pantothenol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011619 pantothenol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006072 paste Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000019477 peppermint oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000009984 peri-natal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940124531 pharmaceutical excipient Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002831 pharmacologic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003396 phenacemide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethyl ester of formic acid Natural products O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002467 phosphate group Chemical group [H]OP(=O)(O[H])O[*] 0.000 description 1
- 150000004713 phosphodiesters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-L phosphoramidate Chemical group NP([O-])([O-])=O PTMHPRAIXMAOOB-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 150000003014 phosphoric acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004437 phosphorous atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000374 pneumotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 229920001200 poly(ethylene-vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000747 poly(lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000008389 polyethoxylated castor oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004633 polyglycolic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004626 polylactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013105 post hoc analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010149 post-hoc-test Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007859 posttranscriptional regulation of gene expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011736 potassium bicarbonate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000015497 potassium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000028 potassium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011181 potassium carbonates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- TYJJADVDDVDEDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium hydrogencarbonate Chemical compound [K+].OC([O-])=O TYJJADVDDVDEDZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000010241 potassium sorbate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004302 potassium sorbate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940069338 potassium sorbate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940069328 povidone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009117 preventive therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003712 propranolol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 235000010232 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004405 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003415 propylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940127293 prostanoid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003814 prostanoids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002731 protein assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003881 protein kinase C inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009325 pulmonary function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007047 pulmonary toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 1
- PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridazine Chemical group C1=CC=NN=C1 PBMFSQRYOILNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001698 pyrogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004040 pyrrolidinones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000011002 quantification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000005875 quercetin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001285 quercetin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- OEKUVLQNKPXSOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N quercetin 3-O-beta-D-glucopyranosyl(1->3)-alpha-L-rhamnopyranosyl(1->6)-beta-d-galactopyranoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(C(O)C)OC1OC1=C(C=2C=C(O)C(O)=CC=2)OC2=CC(O)=CC(O)=C2C1=O OEKUVLQNKPXSOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QPHXPNUXTNHJOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N quercetin-7-O-beta-L-rhamnopyranoside Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)C(C)OC1OC1=CC(O)=C2C(=O)C(O)=C(C=3C=C(O)C(O)=CC=3)OC2=C1 QPHXPNUXTNHJOF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OXGUCUVFOIWWQJ-HQBVPOQASA-N quercitrin Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1OC1=C(C=2C=C(O)C(O)=CC=2)OC2=CC(O)=CC(O)=C2C1=O OXGUCUVFOIWWQJ-HQBVPOQASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000016914 ras Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010014186 ras Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001953 recrystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000022532 regulation of transcription, DNA-dependent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007634 remodeling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960001755 resorcinol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000004193 respiratory failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000029058 respiratory gaseous exchange Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004043 responsiveness Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003757 reverse transcription PCR Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013037 reversible inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002342 ribonucleoside Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002652 ribonucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000019204 saccharin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940081974 saccharin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000901 saccharin and its Na,K and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930182490 saponin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000017709 saponins Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000007949 saponins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003342 selenium Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000001542 size-exclusion chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000017550 sodium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000010267 sodium hydrogen sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010288 sodium nitrite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940083618 sodium nitroprusside Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920003109 sodium starch glycolate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000008109 sodium starch glycolate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940079832 sodium starch glycolate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- LXANPKRCLVQAOG-NSHDSACASA-N sorbinil Chemical compound C12=CC(F)=CC=C2OCC[C@@]21NC(=O)NC2=O LXANPKRCLVQAOG-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950004311 sorbinil Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003549 soybean oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012424 soybean oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940032147 starch Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003432 sterols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000003702 sterols Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004426 substituted alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000011044 succinic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003444 succinic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000008053 sultones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002600 sunflower oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002511 suppository base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ILMRJRBKQSSXGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butyl(dimethyl)silicon Chemical group C[Si](C)C(C)(C)C ILMRJRBKQSSXGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005063 tetradecenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCCCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- RAOIDOHSFRTOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrothiophene Chemical compound C1CCSC1 RAOIDOHSFRTOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000278 theophylline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011285 therapeutic regimen Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940033663 thimerosal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003568 thioethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229930192474 thiophene Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K thiophosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=S RYYWUUFWQRZTIU-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002088 tosyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1C([H])([H])[H])S(*)(=O)=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005026 transcription initiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005030 transcription termination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010361 transduction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000026683 transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011269 treatment regimen Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003852 triazoles Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ICUTUKXCWQYESQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triclocarban Chemical compound C1=CC(Cl)=CC=C1NC(=O)NC1=CC=C(Cl)C(Cl)=C1 ICUTUKXCWQYESQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001325 triclocarban Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960003500 triclosan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000004044 trifluoroacetyl group Chemical group FC(C(=O)*)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000026 trimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([*])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229910052722 tritium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940046728 tumor necrosis factor alpha inhibitor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002451 tumor necrosis factor inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021642 ultra pure water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012498 ultrapure water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940096998 ursolic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PLSAJKYPRJGMHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ursolic acid Natural products CC1CCC2(CCC3(C)C(C=CC4C5(C)CCC(O)C(C)(C)C5CCC34C)C2C1C)C(=O)O PLSAJKYPRJGMHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001291 vacuum drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009777 vacuum freeze-drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- MSRILKIQRXUYCT-UHFFFAOYSA-M valproate semisodium Chemical compound [Na+].CCCC(C(O)=O)CCC.CCCC(C([O-])=O)CCC MSRILKIQRXUYCT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960000604 valproic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001196 vasorelaxation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 235000019166 vitamin D Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011710 vitamin D Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003710 vitamin D derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940046008 vitamin d Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008215 water for injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003442 weekly effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036266 weeks of gestation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000811 xylitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010447 xylitol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N xylitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO HEBKCHPVOIAQTA-SCDXWVJYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002675 xylitol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- MWLSOWXNZPKENC-SSDOTTSWSA-N zileuton Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC([C@H](N(O)C(N)=O)C)=CC2=C1 MWLSOWXNZPKENC-SSDOTTSWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960005332 zileuton Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940043810 zinc pyrithione Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PICXIOQBANWBIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N zinc;1-oxidopyridine-2-thione Chemical compound [Zn+2].[O-]N1C=CC=CC1=S.[O-]N1C=CC=CC1=S PICXIOQBANWBIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930007845 β-thujaplicin Natural products 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
- A61K31/4164—1,3-Diazoles
- A61K31/4178—1,3-Diazoles not condensed 1,3-diazoles and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. pilocarpine, nitrofurantoin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/0019—Injectable compositions; Intramuscular, intravenous, arterial, subcutaneous administration; Compositions to be administered through the skin in an invasive manner
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/007—Pulmonary tract; Aromatherapy
- A61K9/0073—Sprays or powders for inhalation; Aerolised or nebulised preparations generated by other means than thermal energy
- A61K9/0078—Sprays or powders for inhalation; Aerolised or nebulised preparations generated by other means than thermal energy for inhalation via a nebulizer such as a jet nebulizer, ultrasonic nebulizer, e.g. in the form of aqueous drug solutions or dispersions
Definitions
- This application relates to compositions and methods of modulating S-nitrosoglutathione (GSNO) in subjects with respiratory disorders associated with hyperoxia and particularly relates to the use of GSNO reductase inhibitors to treat hyperoxia-induced air responsiveness, respiratory distress syndrome, and bronchopulmonary dysplasia.
- GSNO S-nitrosoglutathione
- BPD Bronchopulmonary dysplasia
- Airway levels of GSNO are dramatically decreased in pediatric cases of severe asthmatic respiratory failure (Gaston et al., (1998) Lancet 351:1317-1319) and GSNO reductase (GSNOR, also known as alcohol dehydrogenase 5, adh5), the enzyme responsible for the catabolic breakdown of GSNO, is elevated in asthma patients that display increased airway reactivity (Que et al. (2009) American Journal of Respiratory and Critical Care Medicine 180:226-231).
- Embodiments described herein relate to the targeted replacement of depleted S-nitrosoglutathione (GSNO) stores in the developing lungs of infant and child subjects born prematurely and potentially treated with prolonged supplemental oxygen by administration of GSNO directly to the subject and/or inhibition of S-nitrosoglutathione reductase (GSNOR) in the subject, and particularly relates to methods of treating and/or preventing hyperoxia induced respiratory disorders, such as respiratory distress syndrome or bronchopulmonary dysplasia (BPD), in premature subjects in need thereof, including those premature subjects receiving life saving newborn interventions, such as supplemental oxygen and mechanical ventilation, by administering to the subjects GSNO and/or a GSNO promoting agent.
- hyperoxia induced respiratory disorders such as respiratory distress syndrome or bronchopulmonary dysplasia (BPD)
- BPD bronchopulmonary dysplasia
- GSNO or a GSNO promoting agent can be administered to a subject, such as a premature subject, to raise the subject's GSNO levels and treat disorders associated with GSNO deficiency, such as hyperoxia induced respiratory disorders associated with prolonged supplemental oxygen treatment.
- the GSNO and/or GSNO promoting agent can be administered to the subject at a therapeutically effective amount(s) in a pharmaceutical composition comprising GSNO and/or a GSNO promoting agent and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- Still other embodiments described herein relate to methods of treating a BPD, such as hyperoxia induce BPD, in a subject in need thereof by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pyrrole inhibitor of GSNOR and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- FIGS. 1 illustrate graphs, plots, and western blots showing an increased GSNOR activity and expression in 3-week-old mice after neonatal hyperoxia exposure.
- B GSNOR kinetics were estimated by generating a Lineweaver-Burke plot at differing GSNO substrate loads. Maximum velocity/Michaelis-Menton constant did not differ between groups.
- FIGS. 2 illustrate GSNOR immunostaining following hyperoxia in lungs of 3-weekold mice.
- Representative immunohistochemical probe for GSNOR brown
- FIG. 4 illustrates a western blot and graph showing the results of miR silencing of GSNOR protein expression in mouse macrophage RAW264.7 cells were transiently transfected with a miR-342-3p mimic or a miR mimic control (cel-miR-67).
- Rrs was significantly increased in hyperoxia at 3weeks and after room air recovery at 6weeks of age; pretreatment with GSNO or N6022 attenuated these changes. Comparisons were made to 21% +saline control. Two-way analysis of variance with fixed sequence Tukey-Kramer post hoc analysis from highest to lowest methacholine dose was used. *P, 0.05, **P, 0.01, ***P, 0.001.
- an element means one element or more than one element.
- the term “about” or “approximately” refers to a quantity, level, value, number, frequency, percentage, dimension, size, amount, weight or length that varies by as much as 15%, 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2% or 1% to a reference quantity, level, value, number, frequency, percentage, dimension, size, amount, weight or length.
- the term “about” or “approximately” refers a range of quantity, level, value, number, frequency, percentage, dimension, size, amount, weight or length ⁇ 15%, ⁇ 10%, ⁇ 9%, ⁇ 8%, ⁇ 7%, ⁇ 6%, ⁇ 5%, ⁇ 4%, ⁇ 3%, ⁇ 2%, or ⁇ 1% about a reference quantity, level, value, number, frequency, percentage, dimension, size, amount, weight or length.
- the structure of some of the compounds of the application include asymmetric (chiral) carbon or sulfur atoms. It is to be understood accordingly that the isomers arising from such asymmetry are included herein, unless indicated otherwise. Such isomers can be obtained in substantially pure form by classical separation techniques and by stereochemically controlled synthesis. The compounds of this application may exist in stereoisomeric form, therefore can be produced as individual stereoisomers or as mixtures.
- isomerism means compounds that have identical molecular formulae but that differ in the nature or the sequence of bonding of their atoms or in the arrangement of their atoms in space. Isomers that differ in the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed “stereoisomers”. Stereoisomers that are not mirror images of one another are termed “diastereoisomers”, and stereoisomers that are non-superimposable mirror images are termed “enantiomers”, or sometimes optical isomers.
- a carbon atom bonded to four nonidentical substituents is termed a “chiral center” whereas a sulfur bound to three or four different substitutents, e.g. sulfoxides or sulfinimides, is likewise termed a “chiral center”.
- chiral isomer means a compound with at least one chiral center. It has two enantiomeric forms of opposite chirality and may exist either as an individual enantiomer or as a mixture of enantiomers. A mixture containing equal amounts of individual enantiomeric forms of opposite chirality is termed a “racemic mixture”. A compound that has more than one chiral center has 2n ⁇ 1 enantiomeric pairs, where n is the number of chiral centers. Compounds with more than one chiral center may exist as either an individual diastereomer or as a mixture of diastereomers, termed a “diastereomeric mixture”.
- a stereoisomer When one chiral center is present, a stereoisomer may be characterized by the absolute configuration (R or S) of that chiral center. Alternatively, when one or more chiral centers are present, a stereoisomer may be characterized as (+) or ( ⁇ ). Absolute configuration refers to the arrangement in space of the substituents attached to the chiral center. The substituents attached to the chiral center under consideration are ranked in accordance with the Sequence Rule of Cahn, Ingold and Prelog. (Cahn et al, Angew. Chem. Inter. Edit. 1966, 5, 385; errata 511; Cahn et al., Angew. Chem. 1966, 78, 413; Cahn and Ingold, J Chem. Soc. 1951 (London), 612; Cahn et al., Experientia 1956, 12, 81; Cahn, J., Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 116).
- geometric Isomers means the diastereomers that owe their existence to hindered rotation about double bonds. These configurations are differentiated in their names by the prefixes cis and trans, or Z and E, which indicate that the groups are on the same or opposite side of the double bond in the molecule according to the Cahn-Ingold-Prelog rules. Further, the structures and other compounds discussed in this application include all atropic isomers thereof.
- atropic isomers are a type of stereoisomer in which the atoms of two isomers are arranged differently in space. Atropic isomers owe their existence to a restricted rotation caused by hindrance of rotation of large groups about a central bond. Such atropic isomers typically exist as a mixture, however as a result of recent advances in chromatography techniques, it has been possible to separate mixtures of two atropic isomers in select cases.
- crystal polymorphs or “polymorphs” or “crystal forms” means crystal structures in which a compound (or salt or solvate thereof) can crystallize in different crystal packing arrangements, all of which have the same elemental composition. Different crystal forms usually have different X-ray diffraction patterns, infrared spectral, melting points, density hardness, crystal shape, optical and electrical properties, stability and solubility. Recrystallization solvent, rate of crystallization, storage temperature, and other factors may cause one crystal form to dominate. Crystal polymorphs of the compounds can be prepared by crystallization under different conditions.
- derivative refers to compounds that have a common core structure, and are substituted with various groups as described herein.
- bioisostere refers to a compound resulting from the exchange of an atom or of a group of atoms with another, broadly similar, atom or group of atoms.
- the objective of a bioisosteric replacement is to create a new compound with similar biological properties to the parent compound.
- the bioisosteric replacement may be physicochemically or topologically based.
- Examples of carboxylic acid bioisosteres include acyl sulfonimides, tetrazoles, sulfonates, and phosphonates. See, e.g., Patani and LaVoie, Chem. Rev. 96, 3147-3176 (1996).
- parenteral administration and “administered parenterally” are art-recognized terms, and include modes of administration other than enteral and topical administration, such as injections, and include, without limitation, intravenous, intramuscular, intrapleural, intravascular, intrapericardial, intraarterial, intrathecal, intracapsular, intraorbital, intracardiac, intradermal, intraperitoneal, transtracheal, subcutaneous, subcuticular, intra-articular, subcapsular, subarachnoid, intraspinal and intrastemal injection and infusion.
- Treat”, “treating”, and “treatment”, etc. refer to any action providing a benefit to a patient at risk for or afflicted with a disease, including improvement in the condition through lessening or suppression of at least one symptom, delay in progression of the disease, prevention or delay in the onset of the disease, etc.
- prevent are art-recognized and include precluding, delaying, averting, obviating, forestalling; stopping, or hindering the onset, incidence, severity, or recurrence of a disease, disorder or condition from occurring in a subject, which may be predisposed to the disease, disorder and/or condition but has not yet been diagnosed as having it.
- Preventing a condition related to a disease includes stopping the condition from occurring after the disease has been diagnosed but before the condition has been diagnosed.
- the term “pharmaceutical composition” refers to a formulation containing the disclosed compounds in a form suitable for administration to a subject.
- the pharmaceutical composition is in bulk or in unit dosage form.
- the unit dosage form is any of a variety of forms, including, for example, a capsule, an IV bag, a tablet, a single pump on an aerosol inhaler, or a vial.
- the quantity of active ingredient (e.g., a formulation of the disclosed compound or salts thereof) in a unit dose of composition is an effective amount and is varied according to the particular treatment involved.
- active ingredient e.g., a formulation of the disclosed compound or salts thereof
- the dosage will also depend on the route of administration.
- routes including oral, pulmonary, rectal, parenteral, transdermal, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intranasal, inhalational, and the like.
- Dosage forms for the topical or transdermal administration of a compound described herein includes powders, sprays, ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, solutions, patches, nebulized compounds, and inhalants.
- the active compound is mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and with any preservatives, buffers, or propellants that are required.
- flash dose refers to compound formulations that are rapidly dispersing dosage forms.
- immediate release is defined as a release of compound from a dosage form in a relatively brief period of time, generally up to about 60 minutes.
- modified release is defined to include delayed release, extended release, and pulsed release.
- pulsed release is defined as a series of releases of drug from a dosage form.
- sustained release or extended release is defined as continuous release of a compound from a dosage form over a prolonged period.
- compositions, polymers and other materials and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- phrases “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” is art-recognized, and includes, for example, pharmaceutically acceptable materials, compositions or vehicles, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting any subject composition from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is non-pyrogenic.
- materials which may serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sunflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14) buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; (15) alg
- “Pharmaceutically acceptable salt” of a compound means a salt that is pharmaceutically acceptable and that possesses the desired pharmacological activity of the parent compound.
- the salt can be an acid addition salt.
- One embodiment of an acid addition salt is a hydrochloride salt.
- the pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be synthesized from a parent compound that contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods.
- such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, non-aqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile being preferred. Lists of salts are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th ed. (Mack Publishing Company, 1990).
- esters for example pharmaceutically acceptable esters.
- a carboxylic acid function group in a compound can be converted to its corresponding ester, e.g., a methyl, ethyl, or other ester.
- an alcohol group in a compound can be converted to its corresponding ester, e.g., an acetate, propionate, or other ester.
- prodrugs for example pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs.
- prodrug and “prodrug” are used interchangeably herein and refer to any compound, which releases an active parent drug in vivo.
- prodrugs are known to enhance numerous desirable qualities of pharmaceuticals (e.g., solubility, bioavailability, manufacturing, etc.) the compounds can be delivered in prodrug form.
- the compounds described herein are intended to cover prodrugs of the presently claimed compounds, methods of delivering the same and compositions containing the same.
- “Prodrugs” are intended to include any covalently bonded carriers that release an active parent drug in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a subject.
- Prodrugs are prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compound in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compound.
- Prodrugs include compounds wherein a hydroxy, amino, sulfhydryl, carboxy, or carbonyl group is bonded to any group that may be cleaved in vivo to form a free hydroxyl, free amino, free sulfhydryl, free carboxy or free carbonyl group, respectively.
- Prodrugs can also include a precursor (forerunner) of a compound described herein that undergoes chemical conversion by metabolic processes before becoming an active or more active pharmacological agent or active compound described herein.
- prodrugs include, but are not limited to, esters (e.g., acetate, dialkylaminoacetates, formates, phosphates, sulfates, and benzoate derivatives) and carbamates (e.g., N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl) of hydroxy functional groups, ester groups (e.g., ethyl esters, morpholinoethanol esters) of carboxyl functional groups, N-acyl derivatives (e.g., N-acetyl) N-Mannich bases, Schiff bases and enaminones of amino functional groups, oximes, acetals, ketals and enol esters of ketone and aldehyde functional groups in compounds, and the like, as well as sulfides that are oxidized to form sulfoxides or sulfones.
- esters e.g., acetate, dialkylaminoacetates, formates, phosphates, s
- protecting group refers to a grouping of atoms that when attached to a reactive group in a molecule masks, reduces or prevents that reactivity. Examples of protecting groups can be found in Green and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, (Wiley, 2.sup.nd ed. 1991); Harrison and Harrison et al., Compendium of Synthetic Organic Methods, Vols. 1-8 (John Wiley and Sons, 1971-1996); and Kocienski, Protecting Groups, (Verlag, 3 rd ed. 2003).
- amine protecting group is intended to mean a functional group that converts an amine, amide, or other nitrogen-containing moiety into a different chemical group that is substantially inert to the conditions of a particular chemical reaction. Amine protecting groups are preferably removed easily and selectively in good yield under conditions that do not affect other functional groups of the molecule.
- amine protecting groups include, but are not limited to, formyl, acetyl, benzyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl, t-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), p-methoxybenzyl, methoxymethyl, tosyl, trifluoroacetyl, trimethylsilyl (TMS), fluorenyl-methyloxycarbonyl, 2-trimethylsilyl-ethyoxycarbonyl, 1-methyl-1-(4-biphenylyl) ethoxycarbonyl, allyloxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl (CBZ), 2-trimethylsilyl-ethanesulfonyl (SES), trityl and substituted trityl groups, 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (FMOC), nitro-veratryloxycarbonyl (NVOC), and the like.
- FMOC acety
- hydroxy protecting groups include those where the hydroxy group is either acylated or alkylated such as benzyl, and trityl ethers as well as alkyl ethers, tetrahydropyranyl ethers, trialkylsilyl ethers and allyl ethers.
- the salts of the compounds described herein can exist in either hydrated or unhydrated (the anhydrous) form or as solvates with other solvent molecules.
- Nonlimiting examples of hydrates include monohydrates, dihydrates, etc.
- Nonlimiting examples of solvates include ethanol solvates, acetone solvates, etc.
- solvates means solvent addition forms that contain either stoichiometric or non stoichiometric amounts of solvent. Some compounds have a tendency to trap a fixed molar ratio of solvent molecules in the crystalline solid state, thus forming a solvate. If the solvent is water the solvate formed is a hydrate, when the solvent is alcohol, the solvate formed is an alcoholate. Hydrates are formed by the combination of one or more molecules of water with one of the substances in which the water retains its molecular state as H 2 O, such combination being able to form one or more hydrate.
- the compounds, salts and prodrugs described herein can exist in several tautomeric forms, including the enol and imine form, and the keto and enamine form and geometric isomers and mixtures thereof.
- Tautomers exist as mixtures of a tautomeric set in solution. In solid form, usually one tautomer predominates. Even though one tautomer may be described, the present application includes all tautomers of the present compounds.
- a tautomer is one of two or more structural isomers that exist in equilibrium and are readily converted from one isomeric form to another. This reaction results in the formal migration of a hydrogen atom accompanied by a switch of adjacent conjugated double bonds. In solutions where tautomerization is possible, a chemical equilibrium of the tautomers will be reached. The exact ratio of the tautomers depends on several factors, including temperature, solvent, and pH. The concept of tautomers that are interconvertable by tautomerizations is called tautomerism.
- keto-enol tautomerism a simultaneous shift of electrons and a hydrogen atom occurs.
- Tautomerizations can be catalyzed by: Base: 1. deprotonation; 2. formation of a delocalized anion (e.g., an enolate); 3. protonation at a different position of the anion; Acid: 1. protonation; 2. formation of a delocalized cation; 3. deprotonation at a different position adjacent to the cation.
- Base 1. deprotonation; 2. formation of a delocalized anion (e.g., an enolate); 3. protonation at a different position of the anion
- Acid 1. protonation; 2. formation of a delocalized cation; 3. deprotonation at a different position adjacent to the cation.
- analogue refers to a chemical compound that is structurally similar to another but differs slightly in composition (as in the replacement of one atom by an atom of a different element or in the presence of a particular functional group, or the replacement of one functional group by another functional group).
- an analogue is a compound that is similar or comparable in function and appearance, but not in structure or origin to the reference compound.
- a “patient,” “subject,” or “host” to be treated by methods described herein may mean either a human or non-human animal, such as a mammal, a fish, a bird, a reptile, or an amphibian.
- the subject of the herein disclosed methods can be a human, non-human primate, horse, pig, rabbit, dog, sheep, goat, cow, cat, guinea pig or rodent.
- the term does not denote a particular age or sex. Thus, adult and newborn subjects, as well as fetuses, whether male or female, are intended to be covered.
- the subject is a mammal.
- the subject is a prematurely born mammal treated with prolonged supplemental oxygen.
- a patient refers to a subject afflicted with a disease or disorder.
- prophylactic or therapeutic treatment is art-recognized and includes administration to the host of one or more of the therapeutic compositions described herein. If it is administered prior to clinical manifestation of the unwanted condition (e.g., disease or other unwanted state of the host animal) then the treatment is prophylactic, i.e., it protects the host against developing the unwanted condition, whereas if it is administered after manifestation of the unwanted condition, the treatment is therapeutic (i.e., it is intended to diminish, ameliorate, or stabilize the existing unwanted condition or side effects thereof).
- the unwanted condition e.g., disease or other unwanted state of the host animal
- therapeutic agent include molecules and other agents that are biologically, physiologically, or pharmacologically active substances that act locally or systemically in a patient or subject to treat a disease or condition.
- the terms include without limitation pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof and prodrugs.
- agents may be acidic, basic, or salts; they may be neutral molecules, polar molecules, or molecular complexes capable of hydrogen bonding; they may be prodrugs in the form of ethers, esters, amides and the like that are biologically activated when administered into a patient or subject.
- terapéuticaally effective amount or “pharmaceutically effective amount” is an art-recognized term.
- the term refers to an amount of a therapeutic agent that produces some desired effect at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any medical treatment.
- the term refers to that amount necessary or sufficient to eliminate, reduce or maintain a target of a particular therapeutic regimen.
- the effective amount may vary depending on such factors as the disease or condition being treated, the particular targeted constructs being administered, the size of the subject or the severity of the disease or condition. One of ordinary skill in the art may empirically determine the effective amount of a particular compound without necessitating undue experimentation.
- a therapeutically effective amount of a therapeutic agent for in vivo use will likely depend on a number of factors, including: the rate of release of an agent from a polymer matrix, which will depend in part on the chemical and physical characteristics of the polymer; the identity of the agent; the mode and method of administration; and any other materials incorporated in the polymer matrix in addition to the agent.
- ED50 means the dose of a drug, which produces 50% of its maximum response or effect, or alternatively, the dose, which produces a pre-determined response in 50% of test subjects or preparations.
- LD50 means the dose of a drug, which is lethal in 50% of test subjects.
- therapeutic index is an art-recognized term, which refers to the therapeutic index of a drug, defined as LD50/ED50.
- IC 50 half maximal inhibitory concentration
- concentration of a substance e.g., a compound or a drug
- concentration of a biological process, or component of a process including a protein, subunit, organelle, ribonucleoprotein, etc.
- isotopes include those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers.
- isotopes of hydrogen include tritium and deuterium
- isotopes of carbon include C-13 and C-14.
- C 1-6 alkyl is meant to include alkyl groups with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1-6, 1-5, 1-4, 1-3, 1-2, 2-6, 2-5, 2-4, 2-3, 3-6, 3-5, 3-4, 4-6, 4-5, and 5-6 carbons.
- alkyl is intended to include both branched (e.g., isopropyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl), straight-chain e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl), and cycloalkyl (e.g., alicyclic) groups (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl), alkyl substituted cycloalkyl groups, and cycloalkyl substituted alkyl groups.
- branched e.g., isopropyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl
- straight-chain e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexy
- Such aliphatic hydrocarbon groups have a specified number of carbon atoms.
- C 1-6 alkyl is intended to include C 1 , C 2 , C 3 , C 4 , C 5 , and C 6 alkyl groups.
- lower alkyl refers to alkyl groups having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms in the backbone of the carbon chain.
- Alkyl further includes alkyl groups that have oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or phosphorous atoms replacing one or more hydrocarbon backbone carbon atoms.
- a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has six or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C 1 -C 6 for straight chain, C 3 -C 6 for branched chain), for example four or fewer.
- certain cycloalkyls have from three to eight carbon atoms in their ring structure, such as five or six carbons in the ring structure.
- substituted alkyls refers to alkyl moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone.
- substituents can include, for example, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, halogen, hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkylamino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamo
- Cycloalkyls can be further substituted, e.g., with the substituents described above.
- An “alkylaryl” or an “aralkyl” moiety is an alkyl substituted with an aryl (e.g., phenylmethyl (benzyl)). If not otherwise indicated, the terms “alkyl” and “lower alkyl” include linear, branched, cyclic, unsubstituted, substituted, and/or heteroatom-containing alkyl or lower alkyl, respectively.
- alkenyl refers to a linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbon group of 2 to about 24 carbon atoms containing at least one double bond, such as ethenyl, n-propenyl, isopropenyl, n-butenyl, isobutenyl, octenyl, decenyl, tetradecenyl, hexadecenyl, eicosenyl, tetracosenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclooctenyl, and the like.
- alkenyl groups can contain 2 to about 18 carbon atoms, and more particularly 2 to 12 carbon atoms.
- the term “lower alkenyl” refers to an alkenyl group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and the specific term “cycloalkenyl” intends a cyclic alkenyl group, preferably having 5 to 8 carbon atoms.
- substituted alkenyl refers to alkenyl substituted with one or more substituent groups
- heteroatom-containing alkenyl and heteroalkenyl refer to alkenyl or heterocycloalkenyl (e.g., heterocylcohexenyl) in which at least one carbon atom is replaced with a heteroatom.
- alkenyl and lower alkenyl include linear, branched, cyclic, unsubstituted, substituted, and/or heteroatom-containing alkenyl and lower alkenyl, respectively.
- alkynyl refers to a linear or branched hydrocarbon group of 2 to 24 carbon atoms containing at least one triple bond, such as ethynyl, n-propynyl, and the like. Generally, although again not necessarily, alkynyl groups can contain 2 to about 18 carbon atoms, and more particularly can contain 2 to 12 carbon atoms. The term “lower alkynyl” intends an alkynyl group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
- substituted alkynyl refers to alkynyl substituted with one or more substituent groups
- heteroatom-containing alkynyl and “heteroalkynyl” refer to alkynyl in which at least one carbon atom is replaced with a heteroatom. If not otherwise indicated, the terms “alkynyl” and “lower alkynyl” include linear, branched, unsubstituted, substituted, and/or heteroatom-containing alkynyl and lower alkynyl, respectively.
- alkyl alkenyl
- alkynyl moieties which are diradicals, i.e., having two points of attachment.
- a nonlimiting example of such an alkyl moiety that is a diradical is —CH 2 CH 2 —, i.e., a C 2 alkyl group that is covalently bonded via each terminal carbon atom to the remainder of the molecule.
- alkoxy refers to an alkyl group bound through a single, terminal ether linkage; that is, an “alkoxy” group may be represented as --0-alkyl where alkyl is as defined above.
- a “lower alkoxy” group intends an alkoxy group containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and includes, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, t-butyloxy, etc.
- Preferred substituents identified as “C 1 -C 6 alkoxy” or “lower alkoxy” herein contain 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferred such substituents contain 1 or 2 carbon atoms (i.e., methoxy and ethoxy).
- aryl refers to an aromatic substituent containing a single aromatic ring or multiple aromatic rings that are fused together, directly linked, or indirectly linked (such that the different aromatic rings are bound to a common group such as a methylene or ethylene moiety).
- Aryl groups can contain 5 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferred aryl groups can contain 5 to 14 carbon atoms.
- aryl groups include benzene, phenyl, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, thiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, triazole, tetrazole, pyrazole, oxazole, isooxazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine, and pyrimidine, and the like.
- aryl includes multicyclic aryl groups, e.g., tricyclic, bicyclic, e.g., naphthalene, benzoxazole, benzodioxazole, benzothiazole, benzoimidazole, benzothiophene, methylenedioxyphenyl, quinoline, isoquinoline, napthridine, indole, benzofuran, purine, benzofuran, deazapurine, or indolizine.
- aryl groups having heteroatoms in the ring structure may also be referred to as “aryl heterocycles”, “heterocycles,” “heteroaryls” or “heteroaromatics”.
- the aromatic ring can be substituted at one or more ring positions with such substituents as described above, as for example, halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, aralkylaminocarbonyl, alkenylaminocarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aralkylcarbonyl, alkenylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkylamino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diaryl amino, and al kylaryl amino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and urei
- Aryl groups can also be fused or bridged with alicyclic or heterocyclic rings, which are not aromatic so as to form a multicyclic system (e.g., tetralin, methylenedioxyphenyl). If not otherwise indicated, the term “aryl” includes unsubstituted, substituted, and/or heteroatom-containing aromatic substituents.
- alkaryl refers to an aryl group with an alkyl substituent
- aralkyl refers to an alkyl group with an aryl substituent, wherein “aryl” and “alkyl” are as defined above.
- Exemplary aralkyl groups contain 6 to 24 carbon atoms, and particularly preferred aralkyl groups contain 6 to 16 carbon atoms.
- aralkyl groups include, without limitation, benzyl, 2-phenyl-ethyl, 3-phenyl-propyl, 4-phenyl-butyl, 5-phenyl-pentyl, 4-phenylcyclohexyl, 4-benzylcyclohexyl, 4-phenylcyclohexylmethyl, 4-benzylcyclohexylmethyl, and the like.
- Alkaryl groups include, for example, p-methylphenyl, 2,4-dimethylphenyl, p-cyclohexylphenyl, 2,7-dimethylnaphthyl, 7-cyclooctylnaphthyl, 3-ethyl-cyclopenta-1,4-diene, and the like.
- heterocyclyl or “heterocyclic group” include closed ring structures, e.g., 3- to 10-, or 4- to 7-membered rings, which include one or more heteroatoms.
- Heteroatom includes atoms of any element other than carbon or hydrogen. Examples of heteroatoms include nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur and phosphorus.
- Heterocyclyl groups can be saturated or unsaturated and include pyrrolidine, oxolane, thiolane, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, lactones, lactams, such as azetidinones and pyrrolidinones, sultams, and sultones.
- Heterocyclic groups such as pyrrole and furan can have aromatic character. They include fused ring structures, such as quinoline and isoquinoline. Other examples of heterocyclic groups include pyridine and purine.
- the heterocyclic ring can be substituted at one or more positions with such substituents as described above, as for example, halogen, hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), amidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, sulfonato, sulfamo
- Heterocyclic groups can also be substituted at one or more constituent atoms with, for example, a lower alkyl, a lower alkenyl, a lower alkoxy, a lower alkylthio, a lower alkylamino, a lower alkylcarboxyl, a nitro, a hydroxyl, —CF 3 , or —CN, or the like.
- halo or “halogen” refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo.
- Counterion is used to represent a small, negatively charged species such as fluoride, chloride, bromide, iodide, hydroxide, acetate, and sulfate.
- sulfoxide refers to a sulfur attached to 2 different carbon atoms and one oxygen and the S—O bond can be graphically represented with a double bond (S ⁇ O), a single bond without charges (S—O) or a single bond with charges [S(+)—O(—)].
- substituted as in “substituted alkyl,” “substituted aryl,” and the like, as alluded to in some of the aforementioned definitions, is meant that in the alkyl, aryl, or other moiety, at least one hydrogen atom bound to a carbon (or other) atom is replaced with one or more non-hydrogen substituents.
- substituents include, without limitation: functional groups such as halo, hydroxyl, silyl, sulfhydryl, C 1 -C 24 alkoxy, C 2 -C 24 alkenyloxy, C 2 -C 24 alkynyloxy, C 5 -C 20 aryloxy, acyl (including C 2 -C 24 alkylcarbonyl (—CO-alkyl) and C 6 -C 20 arylcarbonyl (—CO-aryl)), acyloxy (—O-acyl), C 2 -C 24 alkoxycarbonyl (—(CO)-O-alkyl), C 6 -C 20 aryloxycarbonyl (—(CO)—O-aryl), C 2 -C 24 alkylcarbonato (—O—(CO)—O-alkyl), C 6 -C 20 arylcarbonato (—O—(CO)—O-aryl), carboxy (—COOH), carboxylato (—COO—), carboxy (
- the aforementioned functional groups may, if a particular group permits, be further substituted with one or more additional functional groups or with one or more hydrocarbyl moieties such as those specifically enumerated above.
- the above-mentioned hydrocarbyl moieties may be further substituted with one or more functional groups or additional hydrocarbyl moieties such as those specifically enumerated.
- substituted When the term “substituted” appears prior to a list of possible substituted groups, it is intended that the term apply to every member of that group.
- substituted alkyl, alkenyl, and aryl is to be interpreted as “substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl, and substituted aryl.”
- heteroatom-containing when the term “heteroatom-containing” appears prior to a list of possible heteroatom-containing groups, it is intended that the term apply to every member of that group.
- heteroatom-containing alkyl, alkenyl, and aryl is to be interpreted as “heteroatom-containing alkyl, substituted alkenyl, and substituted aryl.
- Optional or “optionally” means that the subsequently described circumstance may or may not occur, so that the description includes instances where the circumstance occurs and instances where it does not.
- the phrase “optionally substituted” means that a non-hydrogen substituent may or may not be present on a given atom, and, thus, the description includes structures wherein a non-hydrogen substituent is present and structures wherein a non-hydrogen substituent is not present.
- stable compound and “stable structure” are meant to indicate a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation, and as appropriate, purification from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
- compositions are described as having, including, or comprising, specific components, it is contemplated that compositions also consist essentially of, or consist of, the recited components.
- methods or processes are described as having, including, or comprising specific process steps, the processes also consist essentially of, or consist of, the recited processing steps.
- order of steps or order for performing certain actions is immaterial so long as the compositions and methods described herein remains operable. Moreover, two or more steps or actions can be conducted simultaneously.
- small molecule is an art-recognized term. In certain embodiments, this term refers to a molecule, which has a molecular weight of less than about 2000 amu, or less than about 1000 amu, and even less than about 500 amu.
- health and “normal” are used interchangeably herein to refer to a subject or particular cell or tissue that is devoid (at least to the limit of detection) of a disease condition.
- Embodiments described herein relate to the targeted replacement of depleted S-nitrosoglutathione (GSNO) stores in the developing lungs of infant and child subjects born prematurely, and potentially treated with prolonged supplemental oxygen, by administration of GSNO directly to the subject and/or inhibition of S-nitrosoglutathione reductase (GSNOR) in the subject.
- GSNO depleted S-nitrosoglutathione
- GSNOR S-nitrosoglutathione reductase
- BDP bronchopulmonary dysplasia
- GSNOR S-nitrosoglutathione reductase
- GSNOR the enzyme responsible for reducing and inactivating GSNO
- microRNA-342-3p results in neonatal subjects developing pulmonary toxicities and/or respiratory disorders when treated with prolonged supplemental oxygen. Therefore, it is contemplated that targeted direct replacement of depleted GSNO stores in the developing lung of subjects exposed to hyperoxia or inhibition of the catabolic activity of GSNOR can be therapeutically effective in the treatment of infant and child subjects born prematurely and that have been treated with prolonged supplemental oxygen.
- a method of treating and/or preventing hyperoxia induced respiratory disorders such as respiratory distress syndrome or bronchopulmonary dysplasia (BPD)
- a method of treating and/or preventing hyperoxia induced respiratory disorders can include administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of GSNO or a GSNO promoting agent.
- GSNO used in the methods described herein can include aerolized GSNO this is provided in a pharmaceutical compostion, which is administered to the subject via inhalation.
- GSNO can be provided in an aerolized pharmaceutical composition at a concentration of about 1 ⁇ M to about 100 mM GSNO (e.g., about 10 mM GSNO) with a pharmaceuticall acceptable carrier that is administred to the subject via inhalation.
- the GSNO promoting agent for use in the methods described herein can include any agent capable of increasing the expression of GSNO and/or inhibiting the catabolic activity of GSNOR in a subject.
- Examples of GSNO promoting agents for use in the methods described herein include ADH inhibitors, such as GSNOR inhibitors, AKR inhibitors, and SNO-CoAR inhibitors.
- Administration of ADH inhibitors, AKR inhibitors, and/or SNO-CoAR inhibitors as well as SNO-CoA (or derivatives thereof e.g., SNO-cysteamine) to a subject in need thereof can raise GSNO levels in the subject and treat diseases or disorders associated with GSNO deficiency, such as BPD, and hyperoxia indiuced airway hyperresponsiveness.
- SNO-CoA or derivatives thereof e.g., SNO-cysteamine
- the GSNO promoting agent can be a GSNOR inhibitor (also known as an ADH5 inhibitor).
- the GSNOR inhibitor can include a pyrrole inhibitor of GSNOR.
- the pyrrole inhibitor of GSNOR can be a compound having the following formula:
- Ar is an aryl, such as a phenyl and thiophenyl
- R 1 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted imidazolyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, hydroxy, and methoxy;
- R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, chloro, fluoro, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, carbamoyl, dimethylamino, amino, formamido, and trifluoromethyl;
- X is selected from the group consisting of CO and SO 2 ; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, prodrug, or metabolites thereof.
- GSNOR pyrrole inhibitor N6022 which is commercially available from Nivalis Therapeutics, Boulder, Colo. N6022 has the following formula:
- ADH inhibitors that can be used as a GSNO promoting agent can include auramine O, allicin, 1,5-anilinonaphthalenesulfonic acid, 1,7-anilinonaphthalenesulfonic acid, 1,8-anilinonaphthalenesulfonic acid, berberine, canavanine, 2,2′-diprypyl, imidazole, m-methylbenzamide, 4-methylpyrazole, pyrazole, 4-pentylpyrazole, O-phenanthroline, alrestatin, anthranic acid, O-carboxybenzaldehyde, 2,3-dimethylsuccinic acid, ethacrynic acid, isonicotinic acid, phenacemide, quercetin, quercitrin, sorbinil, tetramethyleneglutaric acid, valproic acid, propranolol, 2,2,2-trichloroethanol, 4,5-diaminopyrazo
- Fomepizole (4-methylpyrazole) is also a competitive inhibitor of ADH.
- Pyrazole and its 4-substituted derivatives competitively inhibit the binding of alcohol substrates through the formation of a tight enzyme.NADtinhibitor complex, in which pyrazole nitrogens interact with both zinc and NAD + .
- CNAD (5-beta-D-ribofuranosylnicotinamide adenine dinucleotide) is an isomeric and isomeric analogue of NAD, in which the nicotinamide ring is linked to the sugar via a C-glycosyl (C5-C1′) bond.
- CNAD acts as a general dehydrogenase inhibitor but shows unusual specificity and affinity for liver alcohol dehydrogenase. Goldstein et al., J. Med. Chem., 37:392-9 (1994), herein incorporated by reference.
- Still other ADH inhibitors include dimethyl sulfoxide, Perlman and Wolff, Science, 160:317-9 (1968); and p-methylbenzyl hydroperoxide, Skursky et al., Biochem Int., 26:899-904 (1992), herein incorporated by reference.
- the ADH inhibitor can be a selective ADH6 inhibitor or partially selective ADH6 inhibitor that does not inhibit ADH3. In other embodiments, the ADH inhibitor does not inhibit ADH3 but inhibits other ADHs, such as ADH6.
- the AKR inhibitor can be a selective AKR1A1 inhibitor or a partially selective AKR1A1 that can inhibit other aldo-keto reductase family members, such as AKR1B1.
- the AKR1A1 inhibitor can have an IC 50 ⁇ 100 nM.
- the AKR1A1 inhibitor can have a selectivity for AKR1A1 versus AKR1B1 ⁇ 10 times.
- the AKR1A1 inhibitor can have a selectivity for AKR1A1 versus other AKRs ⁇ 50 times.
- the AKR1A1 inhibitor can have an AKR1A1 IC 50 ⁇ 25 nM and an AKR1B1/AKR1A1 IC 50 ⁇ 300 nM (e.g., less than 100 nM).
- Examples of selective and partially selective AKR1A1 inhibitors can include Imirestat (2,7-Difluoro-2′H,5′H-spiro[fluorene-9,4′-imidazolidine]-2′,5′-dione) and analogues thereof.
- the imirestat analogues can include compounds selected from the group consisting of:
- each R 1 , R 2 , R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , R 6 , and R 7 are the same or different and are one or more substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted C 1 -C 24 alkyl, C 2 -C 24 alkenyl, C 2 -C 24 alkynyl, C 3 -C 20 aryl, heterocycloalkenyl containing from 5-6 ring atoms, (wherein from 1-3 of the ring atoms is independently selected from N, NH, N(C 1 -C 6 alkyl), NC(O)(C 1 -C 6 alkyl), O, and S), heteroaryl or heterocyclyl containing from 5-14 ring atoms, (wherein from 1-6 of the ring atoms is independently selected from N, NH, N(C 1 -C 3 alkyl), O, and S), C 6 -C 24 alkaryl, C 6 -C 24 aral
- AKR1A1 inhibitors can include Methyl[4-oxo-2-(substituted benzoylimino)-3-(substituted phenyl)thiazolidin-5-ylidene]acetate derivatives recited in S. Ali et al., “Design, synthesis and molecular modeling of novel methyl[4-oxo-2-(aroylimino)-3-(substituted phenyl)thiazolidin-5-ylidene]acetates as potent and selective aldose reductase inhibitors”, Med. Chem. Commun., 2012,3, 1428-1434. These AKR1A1 inhibitors can have the following formula:
- R 8 and R 9 are independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted aryls.
- AKR1A1 inhibitors can include benzothiazolyl substituted iminothiazolidinones and benzamido-oxothiazolidines recited in Saeed et al., “Benzothiazolyl substituted iminothiazolidinones and benzamido-oxothiazolidines as potent and partly selective aldose reductase inhibitors”, Med. Chem. Commun., 2014, 5, 1371-1380. These AKR1A1 inhibitors can have the following formula:
- R 10 , R 11 , or R 12 include one or more substituteent and are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, a halogen (e.g., 6-Br, 3-Cl, 2-F, 2-Br, 5,6-di-Cl, 2,4-di-Cl), lower alkyl, and methoxy (e.g., 4-OCH 3 , 3,4-OCH 3 ).
- a halogen e.g., 6-Br, 3-Cl, 2-F, 2-Br, 5,6-di-Cl, 2,4-di-Cl
- methoxy e.g., 4-OCH 3 , 3,4-OCH 3
- the the GSNO promoting agent can include an agent that reduces or inhibits ADH and/or AKR expression, such as ADH6 expression or AKR1A1 expression, in tissue or cells of a subject in need thereof.
- “Expression” means the overall flow of information from a gene to produce a gene product (typically a protein, optionally post-translationally modified or a functional/structural RNA).
- the agent can include an RNAi construct that inhibits or reduces expression of the ADH and/or AKR expression in a cell.
- RNAi constructs comprise RNA that can specifically block expression of a target gene.
- RNA interference or “RNAi” is a term initially applied to a phenomenon observed in plants and worms where double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) blocks gene expression in a specific and post-transcriptional manner.
- dsRNA refers to small interfering RNA (siRNA) molecules or other RNA molecules including a double stranded feature and able to be processed to siRNA in cells, such as hairpin RNA moieties.
- loss-of-function refers to genes inhibited by the subject RNAi method, refers to a diminishment in the level of expression of a gene when compared to the level in the absence of RNAi constructs.
- RNAi refers to (indicates) the ability to distinguish which RNAs are to be degraded by the RNAi process, e.g., degradation occurs in a sequence-specific manner rather than by a sequence-independent dsRNA response, e.g., a PKR response.
- RNAi construct is a generic term used throughout the specification to include small interfering RNAs (siRNAs), hairpin RNAs, and other RNA species, which can be cleaved in vivo to form siRNAs.
- RNAi constructs herein also include expression vectors (also referred to as RNAi expression vectors) capable of giving rise to transcripts which form dsRNAs or hairpin RNAs in cells, and/or transcripts which can produce siRNAs in vivo.
- RNAi expression vector refers to replicable nucleic acid constructs used to express (transcribe) RNA which produces siRNA moieties in the cell in which the construct is expressed.
- Such vectors include a transcriptional unit comprising an assembly of (1) genetic element(s) having a regulatory role in gene expression, for example, promoters, operators, or enhancers, operatively linked to (2) a “coding” sequence which is transcribed to produce a double-stranded RNA (two RNA moieties that anneal in the cell to form an siRNA, or a single hairpin RNA which can be processed to an siRNA), and (3) appropriate transcription initiation and termination sequences.
- expression vectors of utility in recombinant DNA techniques are often in the form of “plasmids” which refer to circular double stranded DNA loops, which, in their vector form are not bound to the chromosome.
- plasmid and vector are used interchangeably as the plasmid is the most commonly used form of vector.
- the application describes other forms of expression vectors that serve equivalent functions and which become known in the art subsequently hereto.
- RNAi constructs contain a nucleotide sequence that hybridizes under physiologic conditions of the cell to the nucleotide sequence of at least a portion of the mRNA transcript for the gene to be inhibited (i.e., the “target” gene).
- the double-stranded RNA need only be sufficiently similar to natural RNA that it has the ability to mediate RNAi.
- embodiments tolerate sequence variations that might be expected due to genetic mutation, strain polymorphism or evolutionary divergence.
- the number of tolerated nucleotide mismatches between the target sequence and the RNAi construct sequence is no more than 1 in 5 basepairs, or 1 in 10 basepairs, or 1 in 20 basepairs, or 1 in 50 basepairs.
- nucleotides at the 3′ end of the siRNA strand that is complementary to the target RNA do not significantly contribute to specificity of the target recognition.
- Sequence identity may be optimized by sequence comparison and alignment algorithms known in the art and calculating the percent difference between the nucleotide sequences by, for example, the Smith-Waterman algorithm as implemented in the BESTFIT software program using default parameters (e.g., University of Wisconsin Genetic Computing Group). Greater than 90% sequence identity, or even 100% sequence identity, between the inhibitory RNA and the portion of the target gene is preferred.
- the duplex region of the RNA may be defined functionally as a nucleotide sequence that is capable of hybridizing with a portion of the target gene transcript.
- RNAi constructs can be carried out by chemical synthetic methods or by recombinant nucleic acid techniques. Endogenous RNA polymerase of the treated cell may mediate transcription in vivo, or cloned RNA polymerase can be used for transcription in vitro.
- the RNAi constructs may include modifications to either the phosphate-sugar backbone or the nucleoside, e.g., to reduce susceptibility to cellular nucleases, improve bioavailability, improve formulation characteristics, and/or change other pharmacokinetic properties.
- the phosphodiester linkages of natural RNA may be modified to include at least one of a nitrogen or sulfur heteroatom.
- RNA structure may be tailored to allow specific genetic inhibition while avoiding a general response to dsRNA
- bases may be modified to block the activity of adenosine deaminase.
- the RNAi construct may be produced enzymatically or by partial/total organic synthesis, a modified ribonucleotide can be introduced by in vitro enzymatic or organic synthesis.
- RNAi constructs can be modified with phosphorothioates, phosphoramidate, phosphodithioates, chimeric methylphosphonate-phosphodie-sters, peptide nucleic acids, 5-propynyl-pyrimidine containing oligomers or sugar modifications (e.g., 2′-substituted ribonucleosides, a-configuration).
- the double-stranded structure may be formed by a single self-complementary RNA strand or two complementary RNA strands.
- RNA duplex formation may be initiated either inside or outside the cell.
- the RNA may be introduced in an amount, which allows delivery of at least one copy per cell. Higher doses (e.g., at least 5, 10, 100, 500 or 1000 copies per cell) of double-stranded material may yield more effective inhibition, while lower doses may also be useful for specific applications. Inhibition is sequence-specific in that nucleotide sequences corresponding to the duplex region of the RNA are targeted for genetic inhibition.
- the subject RNAi constructs siRNAs.
- These nucleic acids are around 19-30 nucleotides in length, and even more preferably 21-23 nucleotides in length, e.g., corresponding in length to the fragments generated by nuclease “dicing” of longer double-stranded RNAs.
- the siRNAs are understood to recruit nuclease complexes and guide the complexes to the target mRNA by pairing to the specific sequences. As a result, the target mRNA is degraded by the nucleases in the protein complex.
- the 21-23 nucleotides siRNA molecules comprise a 3′ hydroxyl group.
- siRNA molecules described herein can be obtained using a number of techniques known to those of skill in the art.
- the siRNA can be chemically synthesized or recombinantly produced using methods known in the art.
- short sense and antisense RNA oligomers can be synthesized and annealed to form double-stranded RNA structures with 2-nucleotide overhangs at each end ( Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 98:9742-9747; EMBO J, 20:6877-88).
- These double-stranded siRNA structures can then be directly introduced to cells, either by passive uptake or a delivery system of choice, such as described below.
- the siRNA constructs can be generated by processing of longer double-stranded RNAs, for example, in the presence of the enzyme dicer.
- the Drosophila in vitro system is used.
- dsRNA is combined with a soluble extract derived from Drosophila embryo, thereby producing a combination. The combination is maintained under conditions in which the dsRNA is processed to RNA molecules of about 21 to about 23 nucleotides.
- the siRNA molecules can be purified using a number of techniques known to those of skill in the art. For example, gel electrophoresis can be used to purify siRNAs. Alternatively, non-denaturing methods, such as non-denaturing column chromatography, can be used to purify the siRNA. In addition, chromatography (e.g., size exclusion chromatography), glycerol gradient centrifugation, affinity purification with antibody can be used to purify siRNAs.
- gel electrophoresis can be used to purify siRNAs.
- non-denaturing methods such as non-denaturing column chromatography
- chromatography e.g., size exclusion chromatography
- glycerol gradient centrifugation glycerol gradient centrifugation
- affinity purification with antibody can be used to purify siRNAs.
- the RNAi construct is in the form of a hairpin structure (named as hairpin RNA).
- hairpin RNAs can be synthesized exogenously or can be formed by transcribing from RNA polymerase III promoters in vivo. Examples of making and using such hairpin RNAs for gene silencing in mammalian cells are described in, for example, Genes Dev, 2002, 16:948-58; Nature, 2002, 418:38-9; RNA, 2002, 8:842-50; and Proc Natl Acad Sci, 2002, 99:6047-52.
- hairpin RNAs are engineered in cells or in an animal to ensure continuous and stable suppression of a desired gene. It is known in the art that siRNAs can be produced by processing a hairpin RNA in the cell.
- RNAi construct for use in a method described herein can include a small non-coding RNA molecule known as microRNA (miRNA) which functions in RNA silencing and post-transcriptional regulation of gene expression.
- miRNA can include miR-342-3p or a miR-342-3p mimic to silence transcription and protein expression of GSNOR in a subject.
- a plasmid can be used to deliver the double-stranded RNA, e.g.,as a transcriptional product.
- the plasmid is designed to include a “coding sequence” for each of the sense and antisense strands of the RNAi construct.
- the coding sequences can be the same sequence, e.g., flanked by inverted promoters, or can be two separate sequences each under transcriptional control of separate promoters. After the coding sequence is transcribed, the complementary RNA transcripts base-pair to form the double-stranded RNA.
- PCT application WO01/77350 describes an example of a vector for bi-directional transcription of a transgene to yield both sense and antisense RNA transcripts of the same transgene in a eukaryotic cell. Accordingly, certain embodiments provide a recombinant vector having the following unique characteristics: it comprises a viral replicon having two overlapping transcription units arranged in an opposing orientation and flanking a transgene for an RNAi construct of interest, wherein the two overlapping transcription units yield both sense and antisense RNA transcripts from the same transgene fragment in a host cell.
- a lentiviral vector can be used for the long-term expression of a siRNA, such as a short-hairpin RNA (shRNA), to knockdown expression of the GSNOR in a lung tissue cells of a subject in need thereof.
- siRNA such as a short-hairpin RNA (shRNA)
- shRNA short-hairpin RNA
- short-hairpin RNA (shRNA) down regulation of the AKR1A1 expression can be created using OligoEngene software (OligoEngine, Seattle, Wash.) to identify sequences as targets of siRNA.
- the oligo sequences can be annealed and ligated into linearized pSUPER RNAi vector (OligoEngine, Seattle, WA) and transformed in E coli strain DH5 ⁇ cells. After positive clones are selected, plasmid can be transfected into 293T cells by calcium precipitation. The viral supernatant collected containing shRNA can then be used to infect mammalian cells in order to down regulate the AKR1A1.
- AKR1A1 siRNA, shRNA plasmids, and shRNA lentiviral particle gene silencers are commercially available from Santa Cruz Biotechnology under the product names sc-78566, sc-78566-SH, and sc-78566-V.
- the ADH and/or AKR inhibitor can include antisense oligonucleotides.
- Antisense oligonucleotides are relatively short nucleic acids that are complementary (or antisense) to the coding strand (sense strand) of the mRNA encoding a particular protein. Although antisense oligonucleotides are typically RNA based, they can also be DNA based. Additionally, antisense oligonucleotides are often modified to increase their stability.
- antisense oligonucleotides decrease the expression and/or activity of a particular protein (e.g., AKR1A1 or GSNOR/ADH5).
- the oligonucleotides can be DNA or RNA or chimeric mixtures or derivatives or modified versions thereof, single-stranded or double-stranded.
- the oligonucleotide can be modified at the base moiety, sugar moiety, or phosphate backbone, for example, to improve stability of the molecule, hybridization, etc.
- the oligonucleotide may include other appended groups, such as peptides (e.g., for targeting host cell receptors), or agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (see, e.g., Proc Natl Acad Sci 86:6553-6556; Proc Natl Acad Sci 84:648-652; PCT Publication No.W088/09810, published Dec.
- the oligonucleotide may be conjugated or coupled to another molecule.
- Oligonucleotides described herein may be synthesized by standard methods known in the art, e.g., by use of an automated DNA synthesizer (such as are commercially available from Biosearch, Applied Biosystems, etc.). As examples, phosphorothioate oligonucleotides may be synthesized by the method of Stein et al. ( Nucl. Acids Res. 16:3209), methylphosphonate oligonucleotides can be prepared by use of controlled pore glass polymer supports ( Proc Natl Acad Sci 85:7448-7451).
- an appropriate oligonucleotide can be performed by one of skill in the art. Given the nucleic acid sequence encoding a particular protein, one of skill in the art can design antisense oligonucleotides that bind to that protein, and test these oligonucleotides in an in vitro or in vivo system to confirm that they bind to and mediate the degradation of the mRNA encoding the particular protein. To design an antisense oligonucleotide that specifically binds to and mediates the degradation of a particular protein, it is important that the sequence recognized by the oligonucleotide is unique or substantially unique to that particular protein.
- sequences that are frequently repeated across protein may not be an ideal choice for the design of an oligonucleotide that specifically recognizes and degrades a particular message.
- One of skill in the art can design an oligonucleotide, and compare the sequence of that oligonucleotide to nucleic acid sequences that are deposited in publicly available databases to confirm that the sequence is specific or substantially specific for a particular protein.
- antisense molecules can be injected directly into the tissue site, or modified antisense molecules, designed to target the desired cells (e.g., antisense linked to peptides or antibodies that specifically bind receptors or antigens expressed on the target cell surface) can be administered systematically.
- a recombinant DNA construct in which the antisense oligonucleotide is placed under the control of a strong pol III or pol II promoter.
- a vector can be introduced in vivo such that it is taken up by a cell and directs the transcription of an antisense RNA.
- Such a vector can remain episomal or become chromosomally integrated, as long as it can be transcribed to produce the desired antisense RNA.
- Such vectors can be constructed by recombinant DNA technology methods standard in the art. Vectors can be plasmid, viral, or others known in the art, used for replication and expression in mammalian cells.
- Expression of the sequence encoding the antisense RNA can be by a promoter known in the art to act in mammalian, preferably human cells.
- promoters can be inducible or constitutive.
- Such promoters include but are not limited to: the SV40 early promoter region ( Nature 290:304-310), the promoter contained in the 3′ long terminal repeat of Rous sarcoma virus ( Cell 22:787-797), the herpes thymidine kinase promoter ( Proc Natl Acad Sci 78:1441-1445), the regulatory sequences of the metallothionein gene ( Nature 296:39-42), etc.
- a type of plasmid, cosmid, YAC or viral vector can be used to prepare the recombinant DNA construct that can be introduced directly into the tissue site.
- viral vectors can be used which selectively infect the desired tissue, in which case administration may be accomplished by another route (e.g., systematically).
- GSNO and/or the GSNO promoting agent can be provided in pharmaceutical compositions with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- suitable carriers are described in “Remington: The Science and Practice, Twentieth Edition,” published by Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, which is incorporated herein by reference.
- Pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention may also comprise one or more non-inventive compound active agents.
- compositions comprising GSNO and/or the GSNO promoting agent can be utilized in any pharmaceutically acceptable dosage form, including, but not limited to injectable dosage forms, liquid dispersions, gels, aerosols, ointments, creams, lyophilized formulations, dry powders, tablets, capsules, controlled release formulations, fast melt formulations, delayed release formulations, extended release formulations, pulsatile release formulations, mixed immediate release and controlled release formulations, etc.
- GSNO and/or the GSNO promoting agent can be formulated: (a) for administration selected from the group consisting of oral, pulmonary, intravenous, intra-arterial, intrathecal, intra-articular, rectal, ophthalmic, colonic, parenteral, intracisternal, intravaginal, intraperitoneal, local, buccal, nasal, and topical administration; (b) into a dosage form selected from the group consisting of liquid dispersions, gels, aerosols, ointments, creams, tablets, sachets, and capsules; (c) into a dosage form selected from the group consisting of lyophilized formulations, dry powders, fast melt formulations, controlled release formulations, delayed release formulations, extended release formulations, pulsatile release formulations, and mixed immediate release and controlled release formulations; or (d) any combination thereof.
- an inhalation formulation can be used to achieve high local concentrations.
- Formulations suitable for inhalation include dry powder or aerosolized or vaporized solutions, dispersions, or suspensions capable of being dispensed by an inhaler or nebulizer into the endobronchial or nasal cavity of a subject in need thereof.
- GSNO and/or the GSNO promoting agent can be delivered yea aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser that contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, a nebulized liquid, or a dry powder from a suitable device.
- an aerosol of 10 mM GSNO can be delivered to the subject's airway on a daily basis.
- Additional embodiments include 1) the use of a similar concentration by dry powdered inhaler, and 2) delivery of greater concentrations to the lower respiratory tract by an aerosol bronchoscopy, 3) by atomizer to the nasal mucosa and osteomeatal complex, 4) to the eustachian tube. This dosing has as its objective restoring or increasing normal levels of GSNO to the airway of a subject in need thereof.
- Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can comprise one or more of the following components: (1) a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol, or other synthetic solvents; (2) antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; (3) antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; (4) chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; (5) buffers such as acetates, citrates, or phosphates; and (5) agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose.
- the pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide.
- a parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes, or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
- compositions for injectable use may comprise sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion.
- suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor EL (BASF, Parsippany, N.J.), or phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
- the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists.
- the pharmaceutical composition should be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and should be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
- the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium comprising, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof.
- the proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion, and by the use of surfactants.
- Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like.
- Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active reagent in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization.
- dispersions are prepared by incorporating at least one compound of the invention into a sterile vehicle that contains a basic dispersion medium and any other required ingredients.
- exemplary methods of preparation include vacuum drying and freeze-drying, both of which yield a powder of a compound of the invention plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
- Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. They can be enclosed, for example, in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the compound of the invention can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash, wherein the compound in the fluid carrier is applied orally and swished and expectorated or swallowed. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition.
- suspensions of the compounds of the invention may be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions.
- Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils, such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate, triglycerides, or liposomes.
- Non-lipid polycationic amino polymers may also be used for delivery.
- the suspension may also include suitable stabilizers or agents to increase the solubility of the compounds and allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
- Dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of the compound of the invention calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
- the specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the compound of the invention and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active agent for the treatment of individuals.
- compositions that include GSNO and/or a GSNO promoting agent can comprise one or more pharmaceutical excipients.
- excipients include, but are not limited to binding agents, filling agents, lubricating agents, suspending agents, sweeteners, flavoring agents, preservatives, buffers, wetting agents, disintegrants, effervescent agents, and other excipients. Such excipients are known in the art.
- Exemplary excipients include: (1) binding agents which include various celluloses and cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, microcrystalline cellulose, silicified microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth and gelatin; (2) filling agents such as various starches, lactose, lactose monohydrate, and lactose anhydrous; (3) disintegrating agents such as alginic acid, Primogel, corn starch, lightly crosslinked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, potato starch, maize starch, and modified starches, croscarmellose sodium, cross-povidone, sodium starch glycolate, and mixtures thereof; (4) lubricants, including agents that act on the flowability of a powder to be compressed, include magnesium stearate, colloidal silicon dioxide, talc, stearic acid, calcium stearate, and silica gel; (5) glidants such as colloidal silicon dioxide; (6) preservatives, such as potassium sorbate, methylparaben, propylparab
- compositions comprising GSNO and/or a GSNO promoting agent can be used for prophylactic therapy.
- a therapeutically effective amount of GSNO and/or a GSNO promoting agent can be administered to a premature subject in need thereof prior to oxygen exposure or during daily oxygen exposure to prevent the subject from developing BPD.
- subjects administered therapeutic GSNO repleting compositions in accordance with a method described herein can further include premature infants without BPD who can benefit from GSNOR inhibition.
- the dosage i.e., the therapeutically effective amount
- the dosage ranges from 1 ⁇ g/kg to 10 g/kg body weight and often ranges from 10 ⁇ g/kg to 1 g/kg or 10 ⁇ g/kg to 100 mg/kg body weight of the subject being treated, per day.
- the therapeutically effective amount of the GSNOR inhibitor, N6022 ranges from 1 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg body weight daily.
- the therapeutically effective amount is the amount required to decrease by at least 1%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or even completelyl reverse airway hyperreactivity observed in a subject with BPD.
- the therapeutically effective amount can be the amount required to increase lung compliance (Crs) at least 1%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or more and/or decrease lung respiratory resistance (Rrs) associated with hyperoxia in a premature human subject administered supplemental oxygen by at least 1%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or more.
- the therapeutically effective amount can be the amount required to produce a measurable increase (e.g., at least 1%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or more) in forced expiratory volume in 1 second (FEV1), forced expiratory flow (FEF2) and/or increased exercise capacity in the subject.
- a measurable increase e.g., at least 1%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or more
- FEV1 forced expiratory volume in 1 second
- FEF2 forced expiratory flow
- increased exercise capacity in the subject e.g., at least 1%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or more
- GSNO and/or a GSNO promoting agent can be administered in combination with other NO donors, including SNO-CoA, which is shown to have novel activity in regulating sterol biosynthesis and CoA metabolism.
- An NO donor donates nitric oxide or a related redox species and more generally provides nitric oxide bioactivity, that is activity which is identified with nitric oxide, e.g., vasorelaxation or stimulation or inhibition of a receptor protein, e.g., ras protein, adrenergic receptor, NFKB.
- S-nitroso compounds including S-nitrosothiols useful herein other than GSNO, include, for example, S-nitroso-N-acetylpenicillamine, S-nitroso-cysteine and ethyl ester thereof, S-nitroso cysteinyl glycine, S-nitroso-gamma-methyl-L-homocysteine, S-nitroso-L-homocysteine, S-nitroso-gamma-thio-L-leucine, S-nitroso-delta-thio-L-leucine, and S-nitrosoalbumin.
- GSNO and/or a GSNO promoting agent can be administered in a combinatorial therapy or combination therapy that includes administration of the GSNO and/or a GSNO promoting agent with one or more additional active agents.
- combinatorial therapy or “combination therapy” embraces the administration of GSNO and/or a GSNO promoting, and one or more therapeutic agents as part of a specific treatment regimen intended to provide beneficial effect from the co-action of these therapeutic agents. Administration of these therapeutic agents in combination typically is carried out over a defined period (usually minutes, hours, days or weeks depending upon the combination selected).
- “Combinatorial therapy” or “combination therapy” is intended to embrace administration of these therapeutic agents in a sequential manner, that is, wherein each therapeutic agent is administered at a different time, as well as administration of these therapeutic agents, or at least two of the therapeutic agents, in a substantially simultaneous manner.
- Substantially simultaneous administration can be accomplished, for example by administering to the subject an individual dose having a fixed ratio of each therapeutic agent or in multiple, individual doses for each of the therapeutic agents.
- Sequential or substantially simultaneous administration of each therapeutic agent can be effected by any appropriate route including, but not limited to, oral routes, intravenous routes, intramuscular routes, and direct absorption through mucous membrane tissue.
- the therapeutic agents can be administered by the same route or by different routes. The sequence in which the therapeutic agents are administered is not narrowly critical.
- GSNO and/or GSNO promoting agents can be administered in combination with active agents, such as vasodilators, prostanoid agonists, antiandrogens, cyclosporins and their analogues, antimicrobials, triterpenes, alone or as a mixture.
- active agents such as vasodilators, prostanoid agonists, antiandrogens, cyclosporins and their analogues, antimicrobials, triterpenes, alone or as a mixture.
- the vasodilators can include potassium channel agonists including minoxidil and its derivatives, aminexil and the compounds described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,382,247, 5,756,092, 5,772,990, 5,760,043, 5,466,694, 5,438,058, 4,973,474, chromakalin and diazoxide.
- active compounds which can be present in pharmaceutical compositions include aminexil and its derivatives, 60-[(9Z,12Z)octadec-9,12-dienoyl]hexapyranose, benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, phenol, oestradiol, chlorpheniramine maleate, chlorophyllin derivatives, cholesterol, cysteine, methionine, benzyl nicotinate, menthol, peppermint oil, calcium panthotenate, panthenol, resorcinol, protein kinase C inhibitors, prostaglandin H synthase 1 or COX-1 activators, or COX-2 activators, glycosidase inhibitors, glycosaminoglycanase inhibitors, pyroglutamic acid esters, hexosaccharidic or acylhexosaccharidic acids, substituted ethylenearyls, N-acylated amino acids, flavonoids,
- selective GSNO promoting agents that inhibit some ADHs, AKRs, and/or SNO-CoARs can be administered in combination with other selective ADH inhibitors, AKR inhibitors, and/or SNO-CoAR inhibitors that inhibit other ADHs, AKRs, and/or SNO-CoARs.
- a selective GSNOR/ADHS inhibitor can be administered in combination with an ADH3 inihibitor.
- Uncatabolized GSNO was then measured by 2C/NOA, as previously described in detail (Rogers et al., 2013). Briefly, samples were injected into a temperature-controlled reservoir containing copper cysteine reagent (pH, 6.9) with a continuous flow of blended helium. Gas-phase nitric oxide was liberated from GSNO contained in the injected samples and detected by ozone-based chemiluminescence using an inline nitric oxide analyzer (Seivers 280i; GE Instruments, Boulder, Colo.). GSNO content was determined by fitting chemiluminescence peaks to a GSNO standard curve and normalizing to sample protein levels. Enzyme kinetics were further derived from a Lineweaver-Burke double-reciprocal plot utilizing a total of three loading doses of GSNO (14, 28, and 56 mM).
- Membranes were blocked with 5% milk or bovine serum albumin (BSA; Sigma-Aldrich) and incubated in GSNOR primary antibody (1:1000 in milk; observed band 40 kDa; Proteintech, Rosemont, Ill.), endothelial NOS primary antibody (1:1000 in BSA; observed band 140 kDa; BD Transduction Laboratory, San Jose, Calif.), iNOS primary antibody (1:1000 in BSA; observed band 145 kDa, Abcam, Cambridge, Mass.), or neuronalNOS primary antibody (1:500 in milk; expected band 161 kDa; Abcam) overnight at 4° C.
- BSA bovine serum albumin
- horseradish peroxidase-conjugated secondary anti-rabbit antibody 1:3000; Santa Cruz, Dallas, Tex.
- anti-mouse antibody 1:3000; Santa Cruz
- membranes were stripped (Pierce Restore; Thermo Scientific) and reprobed with b-actin primary antibody (1:2000 in milk; observed band 42 kDa, Abcam) and anti-mouse horseradish peroxidase-conjugated secondary antibody (1:5000; Abcam).
- Band intensities were quantified and normalized to b-actin using Super Signal West Pico Chemiluminescent Substrate (Thermo Scientific). Relative intensities were measured using densitometry software (Image J, NIH).
- GSNO was synthesized in-house. Briefly, using a nitrogen sparge at 4° C. in light-protective conditions, reduced L-glutathione (2 g) in purged hydrochloric acid (2 N) and purged ultrapure water was S-nitrosylated with sodium nitrite (455 mg) over 30-60 minutes (Sigma-Aldrich). The resulting pink GSNO solution was vacuum filtered, mixed with 10 mL purged 50% acetone for 10-20 minutes, and filtered again. Samples were lyophilized and stored at 280° C. Concentration was confirmed by Saville assay.
- N6022 is a selective smallmolecule reversible inhibitor of GSNOR.
- Powdered N6022 (Nivalis Therapeutics, Boulder, CO, purchased through MedChem Express, Monmouth Junction, N.J.) was reconstituted in sterile PBS (pH 7.4) and administered to hyperoxia exposed mice as a single 1 mg/kg i.p. injection the day prior to testing lung mechanics.
- mice Under general anesthesia (i.p. ketamine/xylazine), mice were placed supine on a heated surgical table, tracheostomized, and ventilated via a 19-gauge blunt-tip cannula with a commercial rodent ventilator (flexiVent; SCIREQ, Montreal, Canada). Animals were paralyzed (i.p. pancuronium bromide; Sigma-Aldrich) and ventilated at default settings: tidal volume of 10 mL/kg, a rate of 150 breaths/min, a positive end expiratory pressure of 3 cm H 2 O, and a FiO 2 of 50%.
- a commercial rodent ventilator i.p. pancuronium bromide; Sigma-Aldrich
- 10mM GSNO or saline vehicle was aerosolized over 10 seconds using an ultrasonic nebulizer (Aeroneb; SCIREQ) diverted into the ventilator's inspiratory flow.
- Inhaled GSNO concentration was chosen based upon the published studies in ventilated guinea pigs and human trials in cystic fibrosis. After 5 minutes had elapsed, two recruitment deep inflations were again delivered, and increasing methacholine doses of 0, 12.5, 25, 50, 100, and 200 mg/mL were similarly aerosolized over 10 seconds to generate a dose-response curve.
- GSNOR activity was also measured by 2C/NOA in the lung homogenates from 6-week-old mice who were exposed to 3 weeks of hyperoxia and then recovered in room air. GSNOR activity remained significantly increased in the hyperoxia-exposed roomair-recovered mice, compared with 6-week-old room air controls (11.84 ⁇ 0.22 versus 11.08 ⁇ 0.17 mM/min/mg protein, respectively, P, 0.05), albeit with less catabolic activity permgprotein than at 3 weeks of age.
- GSNOR mRNA expression did not explain differences in GSNOR protein expression, we next investigated whether microRNA gene silencing regulates its expression.
- Microarray analysis performed on lung homogenates from individual 3-week-old animals identified miR candidates found to have decreased expression in hyperoxia. MicroRNA candidates were then cross-referenced with the highest predicted gene-miR interactions to adh5, the GSNOR gene.
- mmu-miR-342-3p showed trends toward decreased expression in hyperoxia bymicroarray and was predicted by six different prediction data sets to interact with the 39 untranslated region of GSNOR.
- mmu-miR-342-3p was confirmed by qRT-PCR to be significantly underexpressed in the lungs of hyperoxia exposed 3-week-old mice when compared with room air controls ( FIG. 3 ).
- miR-342-3p decreases protein expression of GSNOR using mouse macrophage RAW 264.7 cells.
- RAW 264.7 cells endogenously express GSNOR (confirmed by Western blot in naive cells and those activated with cytomix; no significant difference was observed with cytomix treatment) and were one of the original cell lines used to isolate and describe GSNOR (Liu et al., 2001).
- RAW 264.7 cells transiently transfected with a miR-342-3p mimic had decreased GSNOR protein expression compared with cells transfected with a miR mimic control ( FIG. 4 ).
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
Abstract
A method of treating a hyperoxia induced disease or disorder associated with GSNO deficiency in a subject in need thereof includes administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of GSNO or a GSNO promoting agent.
Description
- This application claims priority from U.S. Provisional Application No. 62/287,515, filed Jan. 27, 2016, the subject matter of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- This invention was made with government support under Grant No. K12HD057581-05 and 1P01HL101871 awarded by The National Institutes of Health. The United States government has certain rights in the invention.
- This application relates to compositions and methods of modulating S-nitrosoglutathione (GSNO) in subjects with respiratory disorders associated with hyperoxia and particularly relates to the use of GSNO reductase inhibitors to treat hyperoxia-induced air responsiveness, respiratory distress syndrome, and bronchopulmonary dysplasia.
- Globally, more than 11% of babies are born before 37 weeks of gestation (premature), and the number of premature births is increasing worldwide (Blencowe et al., (2012) Lancet 379:2162-2172). Bronchopulmonary dysplasia (BPD) is the major pulmonary morbidity of extreme prematurity, with an estimated 14,000 new diagnoses made each year in the United States (Van Marter (2009) Semin Fetal Neonatal Med 14:358-366) and annual care costs upwards of $26 billion (Cole et al., (2011) Pediatrics 127:363-369). Equally important is the concept that prematurity and BPD may be a chronic respiratory condition. After their initial care, half of premature patients will be rehospitalized for respiratory causes in early childhood (Furman et al., (1996) The Journal of Pediatrics 128:447-452). Follow up studies of children and young adults born prematurely show evidence of impaired pulmonary function, manifesting signs of obstructive pulmonary disease with decreased predicted forced expiratory volume in 1 second (FEV1) (Fawke et al. (2010) Am J Respir Crit Care Med 182:237-247), decreased predicted forced expiratory flow (FEF25-75%) (Vollsaeter et al. (2013) Thorax 68:767-776), and reduced exercise capacity (Vrijlandt et al., (2006) Am J Respir Crit Care Med 173:890-896). Indeed, increased airway reactivity and asthma-like symptoms are common long-term pulmonary consequences of both premature birth and BPD (Baraldi et al., (2009) Early Human Development 85:S1-3).
- S-nitrosothiols (SNOs) are ubiquitous protein molecules in which nitric oxide is bound to a cysteine thiol, which regulate the biologic activity of many target proteins (Foster et al., (2009) Trends in Molecular Medicine 15:391-404). One such SNO is S-nitrosoglutathione (GSNO), an endogenous bronchodilator, which exhibits 100-fold more potency than the asthma medication theophylline (Gaston et al., (1994) J Pharmacol Exp Ther 268:978-984). GSNO is a critical modulator of airway reactivity in asthmatic animal models (Blonder et al., (2014) BMC Pulm Med 14:3). Airway levels of GSNO are dramatically decreased in pediatric cases of severe asthmatic respiratory failure (Gaston et al., (1998) Lancet 351:1317-1319) and GSNO reductase (GSNOR, also known as
alcohol dehydrogenase 5, adh5), the enzyme responsible for the catabolic breakdown of GSNO, is elevated in asthma patients that display increased airway reactivity (Que et al. (2009) American Journal of Respiratory and Critical Care Medicine 180:226-231). - Traditional asthma therapies are not always effective in this patient population. Interestingly, the asthma phenotype in premature infants differs from the allergic asthma seen in their term-born peers (Filippone et al., (2013) Eur Respir J 42:1430-1431). The increased risk for airway reactivity in surviving premature neonates is strongly associated with a history of prolonged supplemental oxygen exposure and bronchopulmonary dysplasia (BPD), compared to the reactivity observed in full term peers, which instead is associated with a history of genetic inheritance, allergy, airway inflammation, and cigarette exposures (Halvorsen et al., (2005) Pediatr Allergy Immunol 16:487-494). Yet, former premature infants are twice as likely to be prescribed asthma medications compared to their full term school-age classmates (Hack et al., (2005) JAMA 294:318-325) and premature infants, with or without BPD, continue to be at very high risk for airway reactivity in infancy and childhood (Fawke et al. (2010) Am J Respir Crit Care Med 182:237-247; Been et al., (2014) PLoS Med 11:e1001596; Hennessy et al., (2013) J Pediatr 163:61-66 e61). Thus, novel therapies are needed in this growing patient population.
- Embodiments described herein relate to the targeted replacement of depleted S-nitrosoglutathione (GSNO) stores in the developing lungs of infant and child subjects born prematurely and potentially treated with prolonged supplemental oxygen by administration of GSNO directly to the subject and/or inhibition of S-nitrosoglutathione reductase (GSNOR) in the subject, and particularly relates to methods of treating and/or preventing hyperoxia induced respiratory disorders, such as respiratory distress syndrome or bronchopulmonary dysplasia (BPD), in premature subjects in need thereof, including those premature subjects receiving life saving newborn interventions, such as supplemental oxygen and mechanical ventilation, by administering to the subjects GSNO and/or a GSNO promoting agent.
- In some embodiments GSNO or a GSNO promoting agent can be administered to a subject, such as a premature subject, to raise the subject's GSNO levels and treat disorders associated with GSNO deficiency, such as hyperoxia induced respiratory disorders associated with prolonged supplemental oxygen treatment. The GSNO and/or GSNO promoting agent can be administered to the subject at a therapeutically effective amount(s) in a pharmaceutical composition comprising GSNO and/or a GSNO promoting agent and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- Other embodiments described herein relate to methods of treating BPD in a subject in need thereof. Such a method comprises administering a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition including GSNO and/or a GSNO promoting agent and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- Still other embodiments described herein relate to methods of treating a BPD, such as hyperoxia induce BPD, in a subject in need thereof by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pyrrole inhibitor of GSNOR and at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
-
FIGS. 1 (A-D) illustrate graphs, plots, and western blots showing an increased GSNOR activity and expression in 3-week-old mice after neonatal hyperoxia exposure. (A) GSNOR activity was assessed by timed GSNO catabolism in lung homogenates, normalized to protein. GSNOR activity was increased in hyperoxia. Representative nitric oxide analyzer tracings in triplicate are shown. Data were normally distributedwith equal variance, so a two-tailed Student t test was used. n=5. *P, 0.05. (B) GSNOR kinetics were estimated by generating a Lineweaver-Burke plot at differing GSNO substrate loads. Maximum velocity/Michaelis-Menton constant did not differ between groups. Data were normally distributed with equal variance, so a two-tailed Student t test was used. n=5. (C) Representative Western blot bands from the same gel are shown. Relative expression of GSNOR:b-actin ratio was increased in hyperoxia. Data were normally distributed with unequal variance, so a two-tailed Welch's t test was used. n=12. *P, 0.05. (D) Representative Western blot bands from the same gel are shown. Relative expression of eNOS:b-actin was increased in hyperoxia. Data were normally distributed with equal variance, so a two-tailed Student t test was used. n=4. *P, 0.05. -
FIGS. 2 (A-F) illustrate GSNOR immunostaining following hyperoxia in lungs of 3-weekold mice. Representative immunohistochemical probe for GSNOR (brown) of inflation-fixed lung sections showed prominent staining of airway epithelium (arrows) and smooth muscle (*) in the bronchus (A, D) and bronchioles (B, E) of both groups. Sections were counterstained with methylene blue. Primary antibody was omitted as a negative control (C, F). Scale bar=50 mm. -
FIG. 3 illustrates a graph showing microRNA-342-3p expression in lung homogenates from 3-week-old mouse pups. Fold decreases in miR-342-3p expression were observed in hyperoxia compared with room air controls.Datawere normally distributed withequal variance, so a two-tailed Student t test was used. n=6. ***P, 0.001. -
FIG. 4 illustrates a western blot and graph showing the results of miR silencing of GSNOR protein expression in mouse macrophage RAW264.7 cells were transiently transfected with a miR-342-3p mimic or a miR mimic control (cel-miR-67). Western blot analysis for GSNOR was performed on lysed cells 48 hours after transfection. RepresentativeWestern blot bands fromthe same gel are shown.Relative expression ofGSNOR:b-actin ratiowas decreased in cells overexpressing miR-342-3p. Data were normally distributed with equal variance, so a two-tailed Student t test was used. n=8. *P, 0.05. -
FIGS. 5 (A-B) illustrate plots showing GSNO aerosol or GSNOR inhibition attenuates hyperoxia-induced airway hyperresponsiveness to methacholine challenge. Aerosolized methacholine dose responses were compared in (A) 3-week-old mouse pups raised from birth in room air (21%) or hyperoxia (60%) and in (B) adult 6-week-old mice raised in room air or recovered in room air after the initial 3-week hyperoxia exposure. Mice were pretreated with saline vehicle aerosol, 10 mM GSNO aerosol, or 1 mg/kg N6022 GSNOR inhibitor injection. Rrs was significantly increased in hyperoxia at 3weeks and after room air recovery at 6weeks of age; pretreatment with GSNO or N6022 attenuated these changes. Comparisons were made to 21% +saline control. Two-way analysis of variance with fixed sequence Tukey-Kramer post hoc analysis from highest to lowest methacholine dose was used. *P, 0.05, **P, 0.01, ***P, 0.001. - For convenience, certain terms employed in the specification, examples, and appended claims are collected here. Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this application belongs.
- The articles “a” and “an” are used herein to refer to one or to more than one (i.e., to at least one) of the grammatical object of the article. By way of example, “an element” means one element or more than one element.
- The terms “comprise,” “comprising,” “include,” “including,” “have,” and “having” are used in the inclusive, open sense, meaning that additional elements may be included. The terms “such as”, “e.g.”, as used herein are non-limiting and are for illustrative purposes only. “Including” and “including but not limited to” are used interchangeably.
- The term “or” as used herein should be understood to mean “and/or”, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.
- As used herein, the term “about” or “approximately” refers to a quantity, level, value, number, frequency, percentage, dimension, size, amount, weight or length that varies by as much as 15%, 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2% or 1% to a reference quantity, level, value, number, frequency, percentage, dimension, size, amount, weight or length. In one embodiment, the term “about” or “approximately” refers a range of quantity, level, value, number, frequency, percentage, dimension, size, amount, weight or length ±15%, ±10%, ±9%, ±8%, ±7%, ±6%, ±5%, ±4%, ±3%, ±2%, or ±1% about a reference quantity, level, value, number, frequency, percentage, dimension, size, amount, weight or length.
- It will be noted that the structure of some of the compounds of the application include asymmetric (chiral) carbon or sulfur atoms. It is to be understood accordingly that the isomers arising from such asymmetry are included herein, unless indicated otherwise. Such isomers can be obtained in substantially pure form by classical separation techniques and by stereochemically controlled synthesis. The compounds of this application may exist in stereoisomeric form, therefore can be produced as individual stereoisomers or as mixtures.
- The term “isomerism” means compounds that have identical molecular formulae but that differ in the nature or the sequence of bonding of their atoms or in the arrangement of their atoms in space. Isomers that differ in the arrangement of their atoms in space are termed “stereoisomers”. Stereoisomers that are not mirror images of one another are termed “diastereoisomers”, and stereoisomers that are non-superimposable mirror images are termed “enantiomers”, or sometimes optical isomers. A carbon atom bonded to four nonidentical substituents is termed a “chiral center” whereas a sulfur bound to three or four different substitutents, e.g. sulfoxides or sulfinimides, is likewise termed a “chiral center”.
- The term “chiral isomer” means a compound with at least one chiral center. It has two enantiomeric forms of opposite chirality and may exist either as an individual enantiomer or as a mixture of enantiomers. A mixture containing equal amounts of individual enantiomeric forms of opposite chirality is termed a “racemic mixture”. A compound that has more than one chiral center has 2n−1 enantiomeric pairs, where n is the number of chiral centers. Compounds with more than one chiral center may exist as either an individual diastereomer or as a mixture of diastereomers, termed a “diastereomeric mixture”. When one chiral center is present, a stereoisomer may be characterized by the absolute configuration (R or S) of that chiral center. Alternatively, when one or more chiral centers are present, a stereoisomer may be characterized as (+) or (−). Absolute configuration refers to the arrangement in space of the substituents attached to the chiral center. The substituents attached to the chiral center under consideration are ranked in accordance with the Sequence Rule of Cahn, Ingold and Prelog. (Cahn et al, Angew. Chem. Inter. Edit. 1966, 5, 385; errata 511; Cahn et al., Angew. Chem. 1966, 78, 413; Cahn and Ingold, J Chem. Soc. 1951 (London), 612; Cahn et al., Experientia 1956, 12, 81; Cahn, J., Chem. Educ. 1964, 41, 116).
- The term “geometric Isomers” means the diastereomers that owe their existence to hindered rotation about double bonds. These configurations are differentiated in their names by the prefixes cis and trans, or Z and E, which indicate that the groups are on the same or opposite side of the double bond in the molecule according to the Cahn-Ingold-Prelog rules. Further, the structures and other compounds discussed in this application include all atropic isomers thereof.
- The term “atropic isomers” are a type of stereoisomer in which the atoms of two isomers are arranged differently in space. Atropic isomers owe their existence to a restricted rotation caused by hindrance of rotation of large groups about a central bond. Such atropic isomers typically exist as a mixture, however as a result of recent advances in chromatography techniques, it has been possible to separate mixtures of two atropic isomers in select cases.
- The terms “crystal polymorphs” or “polymorphs” or “crystal forms” means crystal structures in which a compound (or salt or solvate thereof) can crystallize in different crystal packing arrangements, all of which have the same elemental composition. Different crystal forms usually have different X-ray diffraction patterns, infrared spectral, melting points, density hardness, crystal shape, optical and electrical properties, stability and solubility. Recrystallization solvent, rate of crystallization, storage temperature, and other factors may cause one crystal form to dominate. Crystal polymorphs of the compounds can be prepared by crystallization under different conditions.
- The term “derivative” refers to compounds that have a common core structure, and are substituted with various groups as described herein.
- The term “bioisostere” refers to a compound resulting from the exchange of an atom or of a group of atoms with another, broadly similar, atom or group of atoms. The objective of a bioisosteric replacement is to create a new compound with similar biological properties to the parent compound. The bioisosteric replacement may be physicochemically or topologically based. Examples of carboxylic acid bioisosteres include acyl sulfonimides, tetrazoles, sulfonates, and phosphonates. See, e.g., Patani and LaVoie, Chem. Rev. 96, 3147-3176 (1996).
- The phrases “parenteral administration” and “administered parenterally” are art-recognized terms, and include modes of administration other than enteral and topical administration, such as injections, and include, without limitation, intravenous, intramuscular, intrapleural, intravascular, intrapericardial, intraarterial, intrathecal, intracapsular, intraorbital, intracardiac, intradermal, intraperitoneal, transtracheal, subcutaneous, subcuticular, intra-articular, subcapsular, subarachnoid, intraspinal and intrastemal injection and infusion.
- “Treat”, “treating”, and “treatment”, etc., as used herein, refer to any action providing a benefit to a patient at risk for or afflicted with a disease, including improvement in the condition through lessening or suppression of at least one symptom, delay in progression of the disease, prevention or delay in the onset of the disease, etc.
- The terms “prevent,” “preventing,” or “prevention” are art-recognized and include precluding, delaying, averting, obviating, forestalling; stopping, or hindering the onset, incidence, severity, or recurrence of a disease, disorder or condition from occurring in a subject, which may be predisposed to the disease, disorder and/or condition but has not yet been diagnosed as having it. Preventing a condition related to a disease includes stopping the condition from occurring after the disease has been diagnosed but before the condition has been diagnosed.
- The term “pharmaceutical composition” refers to a formulation containing the disclosed compounds in a form suitable for administration to a subject. In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition is in bulk or in unit dosage form. The unit dosage form is any of a variety of forms, including, for example, a capsule, an IV bag, a tablet, a single pump on an aerosol inhaler, or a vial. The quantity of active ingredient (e.g., a formulation of the disclosed compound or salts thereof) in a unit dose of composition is an effective amount and is varied according to the particular treatment involved. One skilled in the art will appreciate that it is sometimes necessary to make routine variations to the dosage depending on the age and condition of the patient. The dosage will also depend on the route of administration. A variety of routes are contemplated, including oral, pulmonary, rectal, parenteral, transdermal, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intranasal, inhalational, and the like. Dosage forms for the topical or transdermal administration of a compound described herein includes powders, sprays, ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, solutions, patches, nebulized compounds, and inhalants. In a preferred embodiment, the active compound is mixed under sterile conditions with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and with any preservatives, buffers, or propellants that are required.
- The term “flash dose” refers to compound formulations that are rapidly dispersing dosage forms.
- The term “immediate release” is defined as a release of compound from a dosage form in a relatively brief period of time, generally up to about 60 minutes. The term “modified release” is defined to include delayed release, extended release, and pulsed release. The term “pulsed release” is defined as a series of releases of drug from a dosage form. The term “sustained release” or “extended release” is defined as continuous release of a compound from a dosage form over a prolonged period.
- The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable” is art-recognized. In certain embodiments, the term includes compositions, polymers and other materials and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
- The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” is art-recognized, and includes, for example, pharmaceutically acceptable materials, compositions or vehicles, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, excipient, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting any subject composition from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body. Each carrier must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of a subject composition and not injurious to the patient. In certain embodiments, a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier is non-pyrogenic. Some examples of materials which may serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include: (1) sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; (2) starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; (3) cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; (4) powdered tragacanth; (5) malt; (6) gelatin; (7) talc; (8) excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; (9) oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sunflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; (10) glycols, such as propylene glycol; (11) polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; (12) esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; (13) agar; (14) buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; (15) alginic acid; (16) pyrogen-free water; (17) isotonic saline; (18) Ringer's solution; (19) ethyl alcohol; (20) phosphate buffer solutions; and (21) other non-toxic compatible substances employed in pharmaceutical formulations.
- The compounds of the application are capable of further forming salts. All of these forms are also contemplated herein.
- “Pharmaceutically acceptable salt” of a compound means a salt that is pharmaceutically acceptable and that possesses the desired pharmacological activity of the parent compound. For example, the salt can be an acid addition salt. One embodiment of an acid addition salt is a hydrochloride salt. The pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be synthesized from a parent compound that contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, non-aqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile being preferred. Lists of salts are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 18th ed. (Mack Publishing Company, 1990).
- The compounds described herein can also be prepared as esters, for example pharmaceutically acceptable esters. For example, a carboxylic acid function group in a compound can be converted to its corresponding ester, e.g., a methyl, ethyl, or other ester. Also, an alcohol group in a compound can be converted to its corresponding ester, e.g., an acetate, propionate, or other ester.
- The compounds described herein can also be prepared as prodrugs, for example pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs. The terms “pro-drug” and “prodrug” are used interchangeably herein and refer to any compound, which releases an active parent drug in vivo.
- Since prodrugs are known to enhance numerous desirable qualities of pharmaceuticals (e.g., solubility, bioavailability, manufacturing, etc.) the compounds can be delivered in prodrug form. Thus, the compounds described herein are intended to cover prodrugs of the presently claimed compounds, methods of delivering the same and compositions containing the same. “Prodrugs” are intended to include any covalently bonded carriers that release an active parent drug in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a subject. Prodrugs are prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compound in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compound. Prodrugs include compounds wherein a hydroxy, amino, sulfhydryl, carboxy, or carbonyl group is bonded to any group that may be cleaved in vivo to form a free hydroxyl, free amino, free sulfhydryl, free carboxy or free carbonyl group, respectively. Prodrugs can also include a precursor (forerunner) of a compound described herein that undergoes chemical conversion by metabolic processes before becoming an active or more active pharmacological agent or active compound described herein.
- Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, esters (e.g., acetate, dialkylaminoacetates, formates, phosphates, sulfates, and benzoate derivatives) and carbamates (e.g., N,N-dimethylaminocarbonyl) of hydroxy functional groups, ester groups (e.g., ethyl esters, morpholinoethanol esters) of carboxyl functional groups, N-acyl derivatives (e.g., N-acetyl) N-Mannich bases, Schiff bases and enaminones of amino functional groups, oximes, acetals, ketals and enol esters of ketone and aldehyde functional groups in compounds, and the like, as well as sulfides that are oxidized to form sulfoxides or sulfones.
- The term “protecting group” refers to a grouping of atoms that when attached to a reactive group in a molecule masks, reduces or prevents that reactivity. Examples of protecting groups can be found in Green and Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Chemistry, (Wiley, 2.sup.nd ed. 1991); Harrison and Harrison et al., Compendium of Synthetic Organic Methods, Vols. 1-8 (John Wiley and Sons, 1971-1996); and Kocienski, Protecting Groups, (Verlag, 3rd ed. 2003).
- The term “amine protecting group” is intended to mean a functional group that converts an amine, amide, or other nitrogen-containing moiety into a different chemical group that is substantially inert to the conditions of a particular chemical reaction. Amine protecting groups are preferably removed easily and selectively in good yield under conditions that do not affect other functional groups of the molecule. Examples of amine protecting groups include, but are not limited to, formyl, acetyl, benzyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl, t-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), p-methoxybenzyl, methoxymethyl, tosyl, trifluoroacetyl, trimethylsilyl (TMS), fluorenyl-methyloxycarbonyl, 2-trimethylsilyl-ethyoxycarbonyl, 1-methyl-1-(4-biphenylyl) ethoxycarbonyl, allyloxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl (CBZ), 2-trimethylsilyl-ethanesulfonyl (SES), trityl and substituted trityl groups, 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (FMOC), nitro-veratryloxycarbonyl (NVOC), and the like. Those of skill in the art can identify other suitable amine protecting groups.
- Representative hydroxy protecting groups include those where the hydroxy group is either acylated or alkylated such as benzyl, and trityl ethers as well as alkyl ethers, tetrahydropyranyl ethers, trialkylsilyl ethers and allyl ethers.
- Additionally, the salts of the compounds described herein, can exist in either hydrated or unhydrated (the anhydrous) form or as solvates with other solvent molecules. Nonlimiting examples of hydrates include monohydrates, dihydrates, etc. Nonlimiting examples of solvates include ethanol solvates, acetone solvates, etc.
- The term “solvates” means solvent addition forms that contain either stoichiometric or non stoichiometric amounts of solvent. Some compounds have a tendency to trap a fixed molar ratio of solvent molecules in the crystalline solid state, thus forming a solvate. If the solvent is water the solvate formed is a hydrate, when the solvent is alcohol, the solvate formed is an alcoholate. Hydrates are formed by the combination of one or more molecules of water with one of the substances in which the water retains its molecular state as H2O, such combination being able to form one or more hydrate.
- The compounds, salts and prodrugs described herein can exist in several tautomeric forms, including the enol and imine form, and the keto and enamine form and geometric isomers and mixtures thereof. Tautomers exist as mixtures of a tautomeric set in solution. In solid form, usually one tautomer predominates. Even though one tautomer may be described, the present application includes all tautomers of the present compounds. A tautomer is one of two or more structural isomers that exist in equilibrium and are readily converted from one isomeric form to another. This reaction results in the formal migration of a hydrogen atom accompanied by a switch of adjacent conjugated double bonds. In solutions where tautomerization is possible, a chemical equilibrium of the tautomers will be reached. The exact ratio of the tautomers depends on several factors, including temperature, solvent, and pH. The concept of tautomers that are interconvertable by tautomerizations is called tautomerism.
- Of the various types of tautomerism that are possible, two are commonly observed. In keto-enol tautomerism a simultaneous shift of electrons and a hydrogen atom occurs.
- Tautomerizations can be catalyzed by: Base: 1. deprotonation; 2. formation of a delocalized anion (e.g., an enolate); 3. protonation at a different position of the anion; Acid: 1. protonation; 2. formation of a delocalized cation; 3. deprotonation at a different position adjacent to the cation.
- The term “analogue” refers to a chemical compound that is structurally similar to another but differs slightly in composition (as in the replacement of one atom by an atom of a different element or in the presence of a particular functional group, or the replacement of one functional group by another functional group). Thus, an analogue is a compound that is similar or comparable in function and appearance, but not in structure or origin to the reference compound.
- A “patient,” “subject,” or “host” to be treated by methods described herein may mean either a human or non-human animal, such as a mammal, a fish, a bird, a reptile, or an amphibian. Thus, the subject of the herein disclosed methods can be a human, non-human primate, horse, pig, rabbit, dog, sheep, goat, cow, cat, guinea pig or rodent. The term does not denote a particular age or sex. Thus, adult and newborn subjects, as well as fetuses, whether male or female, are intended to be covered. In one aspect, the subject is a mammal. In another aspect, the subject is a prematurely born mammal treated with prolonged supplemental oxygen. A patient refers to a subject afflicted with a disease or disorder.
- The terms “prophylactic” or “therapeutic” treatment is art-recognized and includes administration to the host of one or more of the therapeutic compositions described herein. If it is administered prior to clinical manifestation of the unwanted condition (e.g., disease or other unwanted state of the host animal) then the treatment is prophylactic, i.e., it protects the host against developing the unwanted condition, whereas if it is administered after manifestation of the unwanted condition, the treatment is therapeutic (i.e., it is intended to diminish, ameliorate, or stabilize the existing unwanted condition or side effects thereof).
- The terms “therapeutic agent”, “drug”, “medicament” and “bioactive substance” are art-recognized and include molecules and other agents that are biologically, physiologically, or pharmacologically active substances that act locally or systemically in a patient or subject to treat a disease or condition. The terms include without limitation pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof and prodrugs. Such agents may be acidic, basic, or salts; they may be neutral molecules, polar molecules, or molecular complexes capable of hydrogen bonding; they may be prodrugs in the form of ethers, esters, amides and the like that are biologically activated when administered into a patient or subject.
- The phrase “therapeutically effective amount” or “pharmaceutically effective amount” is an art-recognized term. In certain embodiments, the term refers to an amount of a therapeutic agent that produces some desired effect at a reasonable benefit/risk ratio applicable to any medical treatment. In certain embodiments, the term refers to that amount necessary or sufficient to eliminate, reduce or maintain a target of a particular therapeutic regimen. The effective amount may vary depending on such factors as the disease or condition being treated, the particular targeted constructs being administered, the size of the subject or the severity of the disease or condition. One of ordinary skill in the art may empirically determine the effective amount of a particular compound without necessitating undue experimentation. In certain embodiments, a therapeutically effective amount of a therapeutic agent for in vivo use will likely depend on a number of factors, including: the rate of release of an agent from a polymer matrix, which will depend in part on the chemical and physical characteristics of the polymer; the identity of the agent; the mode and method of administration; and any other materials incorporated in the polymer matrix in addition to the agent.
- The term “ED50” is art-recognized. In certain embodiments, ED50 means the dose of a drug, which produces 50% of its maximum response or effect, or alternatively, the dose, which produces a pre-determined response in 50% of test subjects or preparations. The term “LD50” is art-recognized. In certain embodiments, LD50 means the dose of a drug, which is lethal in 50% of test subjects. The term “therapeutic index” is an art-recognized term, which refers to the therapeutic index of a drug, defined as LD50/ED50.
- The terms “IC50,” or “half maximal inhibitory concentration” is intended to refer to the concentration of a substance (e.g., a compound or a drug) that is required for 50% inhibition of a biological process, or component of a process, including a protein, subunit, organelle, ribonucleoprotein, etc.
- With respect to any chemical compounds, the present application is intended to include all isotopes of atoms occurring in the present compounds. Isotopes include those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers. By way of general example and without limitation, isotopes of hydrogen include tritium and deuterium, and isotopes of carbon include C-13 and C-14.
- When a bond to a substituent is shown to cross a bond connecting two atoms in a ring, then such substituent can be bonded to any atom in the ring. When a substituent is listed without indicating the atom via which such substituent is bonded to the rest of the compound of a given formula, then such substituent can be bonded via any atom in such substituent. Combinations of substituents and/or variables are permissible, but only if such combinations result in stable compounds.
- When an atom or a chemical moiety is followed by a subscripted numeric range (e.g., C1-6), it is meant to encompass each number within the range as well as all intermediate ranges. For example, “C1-6 alkyl” is meant to include alkyl groups with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 1-6, 1-5, 1-4, 1-3, 1-2, 2-6, 2-5, 2-4, 2-3, 3-6, 3-5, 3-4, 4-6, 4-5, and 5-6 carbons.
- The term “alkyl” is intended to include both branched (e.g., isopropyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl), straight-chain e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, decyl), and cycloalkyl (e.g., alicyclic) groups (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl), alkyl substituted cycloalkyl groups, and cycloalkyl substituted alkyl groups. Such aliphatic hydrocarbon groups have a specified number of carbon atoms. For example, C1-6 alkyl is intended to include C1, C2, C3, C4, C5, and C6 alkyl groups. As used herein, “lower alkyl” refers to alkyl groups having from 1 to 6 carbon atoms in the backbone of the carbon chain. “Alkyl” further includes alkyl groups that have oxygen, nitrogen, sulfur or phosphorous atoms replacing one or more hydrocarbon backbone carbon atoms. In certain embodiments, a straight chain or branched chain alkyl has six or fewer carbon atoms in its backbone (e.g., C1-C6 for straight chain, C3-C6 for branched chain), for example four or fewer. Likewise, certain cycloalkyls have from three to eight carbon atoms in their ring structure, such as five or six carbons in the ring structure.
- The term “substituted alkyls” refers to alkyl moieties having substituents replacing a hydrogen on one or more carbons of the hydrocarbon backbone. Such substituents can include, for example, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, halogen, hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkylamino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), amidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, alkylsulfinyl, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety. Cycloalkyls can be further substituted, e.g., with the substituents described above. An “alkylaryl” or an “aralkyl” moiety is an alkyl substituted with an aryl (e.g., phenylmethyl (benzyl)). If not otherwise indicated, the terms “alkyl” and “lower alkyl” include linear, branched, cyclic, unsubstituted, substituted, and/or heteroatom-containing alkyl or lower alkyl, respectively.
- The term “alkenyl” refers to a linear, branched or cyclic hydrocarbon group of 2 to about 24 carbon atoms containing at least one double bond, such as ethenyl, n-propenyl, isopropenyl, n-butenyl, isobutenyl, octenyl, decenyl, tetradecenyl, hexadecenyl, eicosenyl, tetracosenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cyclooctenyl, and the like. Generally, although again not necessarily, alkenyl groups can contain 2 to about 18 carbon atoms, and more particularly 2 to 12 carbon atoms. The term “lower alkenyl” refers to an alkenyl group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms, and the specific term “cycloalkenyl” intends a cyclic alkenyl group, preferably having 5 to 8 carbon atoms. The term “substituted alkenyl” refers to alkenyl substituted with one or more substituent groups, and the terms “heteroatom-containing alkenyl” and “heteroalkenyl” refer to alkenyl or heterocycloalkenyl (e.g., heterocylcohexenyl) in which at least one carbon atom is replaced with a heteroatom. If not otherwise indicated, the terms “alkenyl” and “lower alkenyl” include linear, branched, cyclic, unsubstituted, substituted, and/or heteroatom-containing alkenyl and lower alkenyl, respectively.
- The term “alkynyl” refers to a linear or branched hydrocarbon group of 2 to 24 carbon atoms containing at least one triple bond, such as ethynyl, n-propynyl, and the like. Generally, although again not necessarily, alkynyl groups can contain 2 to about 18 carbon atoms, and more particularly can contain 2 to 12 carbon atoms. The term “lower alkynyl” intends an alkynyl group of 2 to 6 carbon atoms. The term “substituted alkynyl” refers to alkynyl substituted with one or more substituent groups, and the terms “heteroatom-containing alkynyl” and “heteroalkynyl” refer to alkynyl in which at least one carbon atom is replaced with a heteroatom. If not otherwise indicated, the terms “alkynyl” and “lower alkynyl” include linear, branched, unsubstituted, substituted, and/or heteroatom-containing alkynyl and lower alkynyl, respectively.
- The terms “alkyl”, “alkenyl”, and “alkynyl” are intended to include moieties which are diradicals, i.e., having two points of attachment. A nonlimiting example of such an alkyl moiety that is a diradical is —CH2CH2—, i.e., a C2 alkyl group that is covalently bonded via each terminal carbon atom to the remainder of the molecule.
- The term “alkoxy” refers to an alkyl group bound through a single, terminal ether linkage; that is, an “alkoxy” group may be represented as --0-alkyl where alkyl is as defined above. A “lower alkoxy” group intends an alkoxy group containing 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and includes, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, t-butyloxy, etc. Preferred substituents identified as “C1-C6 alkoxy” or “lower alkoxy” herein contain 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferred such substituents contain 1 or 2 carbon atoms (i.e., methoxy and ethoxy).
- The term “aryl” refers to an aromatic substituent containing a single aromatic ring or multiple aromatic rings that are fused together, directly linked, or indirectly linked (such that the different aromatic rings are bound to a common group such as a methylene or ethylene moiety). Aryl groups can contain 5 to 20 carbon atoms, and particularly preferred aryl groups can contain 5 to 14 carbon atoms. Examples of aryl groups include benzene, phenyl, pyrrole, furan, thiophene, thiazole, isothiazole, imidazole, triazole, tetrazole, pyrazole, oxazole, isooxazole, pyridine, pyrazine, pyridazine, and pyrimidine, and the like. Furthermore, the term “aryl” includes multicyclic aryl groups, e.g., tricyclic, bicyclic, e.g., naphthalene, benzoxazole, benzodioxazole, benzothiazole, benzoimidazole, benzothiophene, methylenedioxyphenyl, quinoline, isoquinoline, napthridine, indole, benzofuran, purine, benzofuran, deazapurine, or indolizine. Those aryl groups having heteroatoms in the ring structure may also be referred to as “aryl heterocycles”, “heterocycles,” “heteroaryls” or “heteroaromatics”. The aromatic ring can be substituted at one or more ring positions with such substituents as described above, as for example, halogen, hydroxyl, alkoxy, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, alkylaminocarbonyl, aralkylaminocarbonyl, alkenylaminocarbonyl, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, aralkylcarbonyl, alkenylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkylamino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diaryl amino, and al kylaryl amino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), amidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, alkylsulfinyl, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, alkylaryl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety. Aryl groups can also be fused or bridged with alicyclic or heterocyclic rings, which are not aromatic so as to form a multicyclic system (e.g., tetralin, methylenedioxyphenyl). If not otherwise indicated, the term “aryl” includes unsubstituted, substituted, and/or heteroatom-containing aromatic substituents.
- The term “alkaryl” refers to an aryl group with an alkyl substituent, and the term “aralkyl” refers to an alkyl group with an aryl substituent, wherein “aryl” and “alkyl” are as defined above. Exemplary aralkyl groups contain 6 to 24 carbon atoms, and particularly preferred aralkyl groups contain 6 to 16 carbon atoms. Examples of aralkyl groups include, without limitation, benzyl, 2-phenyl-ethyl, 3-phenyl-propyl, 4-phenyl-butyl, 5-phenyl-pentyl, 4-phenylcyclohexyl, 4-benzylcyclohexyl, 4-phenylcyclohexylmethyl, 4-benzylcyclohexylmethyl, and the like. Alkaryl groups include, for example, p-methylphenyl, 2,4-dimethylphenyl, p-cyclohexylphenyl, 2,7-dimethylnaphthyl, 7-cyclooctylnaphthyl, 3-ethyl-cyclopenta-1,4-diene, and the like.
- The terms “heterocyclyl” or “heterocyclic group” include closed ring structures, e.g., 3- to 10-, or 4- to 7-membered rings, which include one or more heteroatoms. “Heteroatom” includes atoms of any element other than carbon or hydrogen. Examples of heteroatoms include nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur and phosphorus.
- Heterocyclyl groups can be saturated or unsaturated and include pyrrolidine, oxolane, thiolane, piperidine, piperazine, morpholine, lactones, lactams, such as azetidinones and pyrrolidinones, sultams, and sultones. Heterocyclic groups such as pyrrole and furan can have aromatic character. They include fused ring structures, such as quinoline and isoquinoline. Other examples of heterocyclic groups include pyridine and purine. The heterocyclic ring can be substituted at one or more positions with such substituents as described above, as for example, halogen, hydroxyl, alkylcarbonyloxy, arylcarbonyloxy, alkoxycarbonyloxy, aryloxycarbonyloxy, carboxylate, alkylcarbonyl, alkoxycarbonyl, aminocarbonyl, alkylthiocarbonyl, alkoxyl, phosphate, phosphonato, phosphinato, cyano, amino (including alkyl amino, dialkylamino, arylamino, diarylamino, and alkylarylamino), acylamino (including alkylcarbonylamino, arylcarbonylamino, carbamoyl and ureido), amidino, imino, sulfhydryl, alkylthio, arylthio, thiocarboxylate, sulfates, sulfonato, sulfamoyl, sulfonamido, nitro, trifluoromethyl, cyano, azido, heterocyclyl, or an aromatic or heteroaromatic moiety. Heterocyclic groups can also be substituted at one or more constituent atoms with, for example, a lower alkyl, a lower alkenyl, a lower alkoxy, a lower alkylthio, a lower alkylamino, a lower alkylcarboxyl, a nitro, a hydroxyl, —CF3, or —CN, or the like.
- The term “halo” or “halogen” refers to fluoro, chloro, bromo, and iodo. “Counterion” is used to represent a small, negatively charged species such as fluoride, chloride, bromide, iodide, hydroxide, acetate, and sulfate. The term sulfoxide refers to a sulfur attached to 2 different carbon atoms and one oxygen and the S—O bond can be graphically represented with a double bond (S═O), a single bond without charges (S—O) or a single bond with charges [S(+)—O(—)].
- The terms “substituted” as in “substituted alkyl,” “substituted aryl,” and the like, as alluded to in some of the aforementioned definitions, is meant that in the alkyl, aryl, or other moiety, at least one hydrogen atom bound to a carbon (or other) atom is replaced with one or more non-hydrogen substituents. Examples of such substituents include, without limitation: functional groups such as halo, hydroxyl, silyl, sulfhydryl, C1-C24 alkoxy, C2-C24 alkenyloxy, C2-C24 alkynyloxy, C5-C20 aryloxy, acyl (including C2-C24 alkylcarbonyl (—CO-alkyl) and C6-C20 arylcarbonyl (—CO-aryl)), acyloxy (—O-acyl), C2-C24 alkoxycarbonyl (—(CO)-O-alkyl), C6-C20 aryloxycarbonyl (—(CO)—O-aryl), C2-C24 alkylcarbonato (—O—(CO)—O-alkyl), C6-C20 arylcarbonato (—O—(CO)—O-aryl), carboxy (—COOH), carboxylato (—COO—), carbamoyl (—(CO)—NH2), mono-(C1-C24 alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl (—(CO)—NH(C1-C24 alkyl)), di-(C1-C4 alkyl)-substituted carbamoyl (—(CO)—N(C1-C24 alkyl)2), mono-substituted arylcarbamoyl (—(CO)—NH-aryl), thiocarbamoyl (—(CS)—NH2), carbamido (—NH—(CO)—NH2), cyano(—CN), isocyano (—N+C−), cyanato (—O—CN), isocyanato (—ON+C−), isothiocyanato (—S—CN), azido (—N═N+═N−), formyl (—(CO)—H), thioformyl (—(CS)—H), amino (—NH2), mono- and di-(C1-C24 alkyl)-substituted amino, mono- and di-(C5-C20 aryl)-substituted amino, C2-C24 alkylamido (—NH—(CO)-alkyl), C6-C20 arylamido (—NH—(CO)-aryl), imino (—CR═NH where R=hydrogen, C1-C24 alkyl, C5-C20 aryl, C6-C24 alkaryl, C6-C24 aralkyl, etc.), alkylimino (—CR═N(alkyl), where R=hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, etc.), arylimino (—CR═N(aryl), where R=hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, etc.), nitro (—NO2), nitroso (—NO), sulfo (—SO2 —OH), sulfonato (—SO2—O—), C1-C24 alkylsulfanyl (—S-alkyl; also termed “alkylthio”), arylsulfanyl (—S-aryl; also termed “arylthio”), C1-C24 alkylsulfinyl (—(SO)-alkyl), C5-C20 arylsulfinyl (—(SO)-aryl), C1-C24 alkylsulfonyl (—SO2-alkyl), C5-C20 arylsulfonyl (—SO2 -aryl), phosphono (—P(O)(OH)2), phosphonato (—P(O)(O−)2), phosphinato (—P(O)(O−)), phospho (—PO2), and phosphino (—PH2); and the hydrocarbyl moieties C1-C24 alkyl, C2-C24 alkenyl, C2-C24 alkynyl, C5-C20 aryl, C6-C24 alkaryl, and C6-C24 aralkyl.
- In addition, the aforementioned functional groups may, if a particular group permits, be further substituted with one or more additional functional groups or with one or more hydrocarbyl moieties such as those specifically enumerated above. Analogously, the above-mentioned hydrocarbyl moieties may be further substituted with one or more functional groups or additional hydrocarbyl moieties such as those specifically enumerated.
- When the term “substituted” appears prior to a list of possible substituted groups, it is intended that the term apply to every member of that group. For example, the phrase “substituted alkyl, alkenyl, and aryl” is to be interpreted as “substituted alkyl, substituted alkenyl, and substituted aryl.” Analogously, when the term “heteroatom-containing” appears prior to a list of possible heteroatom-containing groups, it is intended that the term apply to every member of that group. For example, the phrase “heteroatom-containing alkyl, alkenyl, and aryl” is to be interpreted as “heteroatom-containing alkyl, substituted alkenyl, and substituted aryl.
- “Optional” or “optionally” means that the subsequently described circumstance may or may not occur, so that the description includes instances where the circumstance occurs and instances where it does not. For example, the phrase “optionally substituted” means that a non-hydrogen substituent may or may not be present on a given atom, and, thus, the description includes structures wherein a non-hydrogen substituent is present and structures wherein a non-hydrogen substituent is not present.
- The terms “stable compound” and “stable structure” are meant to indicate a compound that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation, and as appropriate, purification from a reaction mixture, and formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
- The terms “free compound” is used herein to describe a compound in the unbound state.
- Throughout the description, where compositions are described as having, including, or comprising, specific components, it is contemplated that compositions also consist essentially of, or consist of, the recited components. Similarly, where methods or processes are described as having, including, or comprising specific process steps, the processes also consist essentially of, or consist of, the recited processing steps. Further, it should be understood that the order of steps or order for performing certain actions is immaterial so long as the compositions and methods described herein remains operable. Moreover, two or more steps or actions can be conducted simultaneously.
- The term “small molecule” is an art-recognized term. In certain embodiments, this term refers to a molecule, which has a molecular weight of less than about 2000 amu, or less than about 1000 amu, and even less than about 500 amu.
- All percentages and ratios used herein, unless otherwise indicated, are by weight.
- The terms “healthy” and “normal” are used interchangeably herein to refer to a subject or particular cell or tissue that is devoid (at least to the limit of detection) of a disease condition.
- Embodiments described herein relate to the targeted replacement of depleted S-nitrosoglutathione (GSNO) stores in the developing lungs of infant and child subjects born prematurely, and potentially treated with prolonged supplemental oxygen, by administration of GSNO directly to the subject and/or inhibition of S-nitrosoglutathione reductase (GSNOR) in the subject. The lungs of premature infant subjects are underdeveloped, and these infant subjects often need assistance with their breathing and oxygen supplementation. Yet, these life-saving interventions, such as supplemental oxygen and mechanical ventilation, may increase these infant's risk for future breathing problems, the most severe of which is bronchopulmonary dysplasia (BDP).
- Utilizing a hyperoxic neonatal mouse model of BPD, it was found that subjects raised in hyperoxia had increased activity and protein expression of the primary catabolic enzyme of S-nitrosoglutathione reductase (GSNOR). It was also found that GSNO supplementation and/or inhibition of GSNOR has protective effects on airway hyperreactivity found after neonatal oxygen exposure in a mouse model of BPD.
- Without being bound by theory, it is believed that an increase in the expression and catabolic activity of GSNOR, the enzyme responsible for reducing and inactivating GSNO, through altered post-transcriptional regulation by microRNA-342-3p results in neonatal subjects developing pulmonary toxicities and/or respiratory disorders when treated with prolonged supplemental oxygen. Therefore, it is contemplated that targeted direct replacement of depleted GSNO stores in the developing lung of subjects exposed to hyperoxia or inhibition of the catabolic activity of GSNOR can be therapeutically effective in the treatment of infant and child subjects born prematurely and that have been treated with prolonged supplemental oxygen.
- In some embodiments, a method of treating and/or preventing hyperoxia induced respiratory disorders, such as respiratory distress syndrome or bronchopulmonary dysplasia (BPD), in premature subjects in need thereof, such as a premature or prenatal subject exposed to supplemental oxygen treatment, can include administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of GSNO or a GSNO promoting agent.
- In some embodiments, GSNO used in the methods described herein can include aerolized GSNO this is provided in a pharmaceutical compostion, which is administered to the subject via inhalation. For example, GSNO can be provided in an aerolized pharmaceutical composition at a concentration of about 1 μM to about 100 mM GSNO (e.g., about 10 mM GSNO) with a pharmaceuticall acceptable carrier that is administred to the subject via inhalation.
- The GSNO promoting agent for use in the methods described herein can include any agent capable of increasing the expression of GSNO and/or inhibiting the catabolic activity of GSNOR in a subject. Examples of GSNO promoting agents for use in the methods described herein include ADH inhibitors, such as GSNOR inhibitors, AKR inhibitors, and SNO-CoAR inhibitors. Administration of ADH inhibitors, AKR inhibitors, and/or SNO-CoAR inhibitors as well as SNO-CoA (or derivatives thereof e.g., SNO-cysteamine) to a subject in need thereof can raise GSNO levels in the subject and treat diseases or disorders associated with GSNO deficiency, such as BPD, and hyperoxia indiuced airway hyperresponsiveness.
- In some embodiments, the GSNO promoting agent can be a GSNOR inhibitor (also known as an ADH5 inhibitor). In one example, the GSNOR inhibitor can include a pyrrole inhibitor of GSNOR. In some embodiments, the pyrrole inhibitor of GSNOR can be a compound having the following formula:
- wherein Ar is an aryl, such as a phenyl and thiophenyl;
- R1 is selected from the group consisting of unsubstituted or substituted imidazolyl, chloro, bromo, fluoro, hydroxy, and methoxy;
- R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, chloro, fluoro, hydroxy, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, carbamoyl, dimethylamino, amino, formamido, and trifluoromethyl; and
- X is selected from the group consisting of CO and SO2; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, prodrug, or metabolites thereof.
- One example of an ADH5 inhibitor/GSNOR pyrrole inhibitor is GSNOR pyrrole inhibitor N6022, which is commercially available from Nivalis Therapeutics, Boulder, Colo. N6022 has the following formula:
- Additional inhibitors of GSNOR for use in methods recited herein are described in U.S. Patent Application Publication Nos: 2011/0136875, 2011/0136881, 2011/0144110, 2011/0144180, 2012/0245210, 2013/0253024, 2014/0057957, 2014/0113938, 2014/0113945, 2014/0155447, 2014/0194425, 2014/0194481 and U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,470,857, 8,642,628, 8,673,961, 8,686,015, 8,691,816, 8,759,548, 8,846,736, 8,957,105, 9,029,402, 9,138,427, and 9,180,119 all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- Other ADH inhibitors that can be used as a GSNO promoting agent can include auramine O, allicin, 1,5-anilinonaphthalenesulfonic acid, 1,7-anilinonaphthalenesulfonic acid, 1,8-anilinonaphthalenesulfonic acid, berberine, canavanine, 2,2′-diprypyl, imidazole, m-methylbenzamide, 4-methylpyrazole, pyrazole, 4-pentylpyrazole, O-phenanthroline, alrestatin, anthranic acid, O-carboxybenzaldehyde, 2,3-dimethylsuccinic acid, ethacrynic acid, isonicotinic acid, phenacemide, quercetin, quercitrin, sorbinil, tetramethyleneglutaric acid, valproic acid, propranolol, 2,2,2-trichloroethanol, 4,5-diaminopyrazole and its derivatives and 2-ethyl-5-methyl-2H-3,4-diaminopyrazole. See U.S. Patent Application Publication US 2003/0138390, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- Fomepizole (4-methylpyrazole) is also a competitive inhibitor of ADH. Pyrazole and its 4-substituted derivatives competitively inhibit the binding of alcohol substrates through the formation of a tight enzyme.NADtinhibitor complex, in which pyrazole nitrogens interact with both zinc and NAD+. Xie et al., J. Biol. Chem., 272:18558-18563 (1997), herein incorporated by reference.
- CNAD (5-beta-D-ribofuranosylnicotinamide adenine dinucleotide) is an isomeric and isomeric analogue of NAD, in which the nicotinamide ring is linked to the sugar via a C-glycosyl (C5-C1′) bond. CNAD acts as a general dehydrogenase inhibitor but shows unusual specificity and affinity for liver alcohol dehydrogenase. Goldstein et al., J. Med. Chem., 37:392-9 (1994), herein incorporated by reference.
- Still other ADH inhibitors include dimethyl sulfoxide, Perlman and Wolff, Science, 160:317-9 (1968); and p-methylbenzyl hydroperoxide, Skursky et al., Biochem Int., 26:899-904 (1992), herein incorporated by reference.
- In some embodiments, the ADH inhibitor can be a selective ADH6 inhibitor or partially selective ADH6 inhibitor that does not inhibit ADH3. In other embodiments, the ADH inhibitor does not inhibit ADH3 but inhibits other ADHs, such as ADH6.
- In some embodiments, the AKR inhibitor can be a selective AKR1A1 inhibitor or a partially selective AKR1A1 that can inhibit other aldo-keto reductase family members, such as AKR1B1. In some embodiments, the AKR1A1 inhibitor can have an IC50<100 nM. In other embodiments, the AKR1A1 inhibitor can have a selectivity for AKR1A1 versus AKR1B1≥10 times. In other embodiments, the AKR1A1 inhibitor can have a selectivity for AKR1A1 versus other AKRs≥50 times. In still other embodiments, the AKR1A1 inhibitor can have an AKR1A1 IC50<25 nM and an AKR1B1/AKR1A1 IC50<300 nM (e.g., less than 100 nM).
- Examples of selective and partially selective AKR1A1 inhibitors can include Imirestat (2,7-Difluoro-2′H,5′H-spiro[fluorene-9,4′-imidazolidine]-2′,5′-dione) and analogues thereof.
- In some embodiments, the imirestat analogues can include compounds selected from the group consisting of:
- each R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, and R7 are the same or different and are one or more substituent selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, substituted or unsubstituted C1-C24 alkyl, C2-C24 alkenyl, C2-C24 alkynyl, C3-C20 aryl, heterocycloalkenyl containing from 5-6 ring atoms, (wherein from 1-3 of the ring atoms is independently selected from N, NH, N(C1-C6 alkyl), NC(O)(C1-C6 alkyl), O, and S), heteroaryl or heterocyclyl containing from 5-14 ring atoms, (wherein from 1-6 of the ring atoms is independently selected from N, NH, N(C1-C3 alkyl), O, and S), C6-C24 alkaryl, C6-C24 aralkyl, halo, silyl, hydroxyl, sulfhydryl, C1-C24 alkoxy, C2-C24 alkenyloxy, C2-C24 alkynyloxy, C5-C20 acyloxy, acyl (including C2-C24 alkylcarbonyl (—CO-alkyl) and C6-C20 arylcarbonyl (—CO-aryl)), acyloxy (—O-acyl), C2-C24 alkoxycarbonyl (—(CO)—O-alkyl), C6-C20 aryloxycarbonyl (—(CO)—O-aryl), C2-C24 alkylcarbonato (—O—(CO)—O-alkyl), C6-C20 arylcarbonato (—O—(CO)-O-aryl), carboxy (—COOH), carboxylato (—COO−), carbamoyl (—(CO)—NH2), C1-C24 alkyl-carbamoyl (—(CO)—NH(C1-C24 alkyl)), arylcarbamoyl (—(CO)—NH-aryl), thiocarbamoyl (—(CS)—NH2), carbamido (—NH—(CO)—NH2), cyano(—CN), isocyano (—N+C−), cyanato (—O—CN), isocyanato (—O—N+═C−), isothiocyanato (−S−CN), azido (—N═N+═N−), formyl (—(CO)—H), thioformyl (—(CS)—H), amino (—NH2), C1-C24 alkyl amino, C5-C20 aryl amino, C2-C24 alkylamido (—NH—(CO)-alkyl), C6-C20 arylamido (—NH—(CO)-aryl), sulfanamido (—SO2NR2 where R is independently H, alkyl, aryl or heteroaryl), imino (—CR═NH where R is hydrogen, C1-C24 alkyl, C5-C20 aryl, C6-C24 alkaryl, C6-C24 aralkyl, etc.), alkylimino (—CR═N(alkyl), where R=hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, aralkyl, etc.), arylimino (—CR═N(aryl), where R=hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, alkaryl, etc.), nitro (—NO2), nitroso (—NO), sulfo (—SO2—OH), sulfonato (—SO2—O−), C1-C24 alkylsulfanyl (—S-alkyl; also termed “alkylthio”), arylsulfanyl (—S-aryl; also termed “arylthio”), C1-C24 alkylsulfinyl (—(SO)-alkyl), C5-C20 arylsulfinyl (—(SO)-aryl), C1-C24 alkylsulfonyl (—SO2-alkyl), C5-C20 arylsulfonyl (—SO2-aryl), sulfonamide (—SO2—NH2, —SO2NY2 (wherein Y is independently H, arlyl or alkyl), phosphono (—P(O)(OH)2), phosphonato (—P(O)(O−)2), phosphinato (—P(O)(O−)), phospho (—PO2), phosphino (—PH2), polyalkyl ethers (—[(CH2)nO]m), phosphates, phosphate esters [—OP(O)(OR)2 where R═H, methyl or other alkyl], groups incorporating amino acids or other moieties expected to bear positive or negative charge at physiological pH, and combinations thereof; and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- Other examples of selective and partially selective AKR1A1 inhibitors can include Methyl[4-oxo-2-(substituted benzoylimino)-3-(substituted phenyl)thiazolidin-5-ylidene]acetate derivatives recited in S. Ali et al., “Design, synthesis and molecular modeling of novel methyl[4-oxo-2-(aroylimino)-3-(substituted phenyl)thiazolidin-5-ylidene]acetates as potent and selective aldose reductase inhibitors”, Med. Chem. Commun., 2012,3, 1428-1434. These AKR1A1 inhibitors can have the following formula:
- wherein R8 and R9 are independently selected from the group consisting of substituted and unsubstituted aryls.
- Other examples of selective and partially selective AKR1A1 inhibitors can include benzothiazolyl substituted iminothiazolidinones and benzamido-oxothiazolidines recited in Saeed et al., “Benzothiazolyl substituted iminothiazolidinones and benzamido-oxothiazolidines as potent and partly selective aldose reductase inhibitors”, Med. Chem. Commun., 2014, 5, 1371-1380. These AKR1A1 inhibitors can have the following formula:
- wherein R10, R11, or R12 include one or more substituteent and are each independently selected from the group consisting of H, a halogen (e.g., 6-Br, 3-Cl, 2-F, 2-Br, 5,6-di-Cl, 2,4-di-Cl), lower alkyl, and methoxy (e.g., 4-OCH3, 3,4-OCH3).
- Still other examples of selective and partially selective AKR1A1 inhibitor are disclosed in the following publications: Mechanism of Human Aldehyde Reductase: Characterization of the Active Site Pocket, Oleg A. Barski et al., Biochemistry 1995,34, 11264-11275, In vivo role of aldehyde reductase, M. Takahashi et al., Biochim Biophys Acta. 2012 November; 1820(11):1787-96, The Aldo-Keto Reductase Superfamily and its Role in Drug Metabolism and Detoxification, Oleg A. Barski et al., Drug Metab Rev. 2008; 40(4): 553-624, Asborin Inhibits Aldo/Keto Reductase 1A1, Matthias Scholz et al., ChemMedChem ,2011, 6, 89-93, Inhibition of Aldehyde Reductase by Aldose Reductase Inhibitors, Sanai Sato et al., Biochemical Pharmacology, 1990. 40, 1033-1042, Inhibition of human aldose and aldehyde reductases by non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, D. Michelle Ratliff et al., Advances in Experimental Medicine and Biology, Volume: 463, Issue: Enzymology and Molecular Biology of
Carbonyl Metabolism 7, Pages: 493-499 (1999.), Inhibition of aldehyde reductases, Philip J. Schofield et al., Progress in Clinical and Biological Research, 1987, 232, Issue: Enzymol. Mol. Biol. Carbonyl Metab., 287-96, Aldose Reductase Inhibitors as Potential Therapeutic Drugs of Diabetic Complications, By Changjin Zhu, DOI: 10.5772/54642, Aldose Reductase Inhibitors: A Potential New Class of Agents for the Pharmacological Control of Certain Diabetic Complications, Peter F. Kador et al., Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 1985, 28, 841-849, Recent clinical experience with aldose reductase inhibitors, H.M.J. Krans, Journal of Diabetes and its Complications, 1992, 6, 39-44, A Novel Series of Non-Carboxylic Acid, Non-Hydantoin Inhibitors of Aldose Reductase with Potent Oral Activity in Diabetic Rat Models: 6-(5-Chloro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-sulfonyl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one and Congeners, Banavara L. Mylari et al., J. Med. Chem. 2005, 48, 6326-6339, A Diverse Series of Substituted Benzenesulfonamides as Aldose Reductase Inhibitors with Antioxidant Activity: Design, Synthesis, and in Vitro Activity, Polyxeni Alexiou et al., J. Med. Chem. 2010, 53, 7756-7766, Aldose Reductase Inhibitors as Potential Therapeutic Drugs of Diabetic Complications, By Changjin Zhu, DOI: 10.5772/54642, Aldose Reductase Inhibitors: A Potential New Class of Agents for the Pharmacological Control of Certain Diabetic Complications, Peter F. Kador et al., Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 1985, 28, 841-849, Recent clinical experience with aldose reductase inhibitors, H. M. J. Krans, Journal of Diabetes and its Complications, 1992, 6, 39-44, A Novel Series of Non-Carboxylic Acid, Non-Hydantoin Inhibitors of Aldose Reductase with Potent Oral Activity in Diabetic Rat Models: 6-(5-Chloro-3-methylbenzofuran-2-sulfonyl)-2H-pyridazin-3-one and Congeners, Banavara L. Mylari et al., J. Med. Chem. 2005, 48, 6326-6339, A Diverse Series of Substituted Benzenesulfonamides as Aldose Reductase Inhibitors with Antioxidant Activity: Design, Synthesis, and in Vitro Activity, Polyxeni Alexiou et al., J. Med. Chem. 2010, 53, 7756-7766, all of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. It will be appreciated that any potential selective or partially selective AKR1A1 inhibitors can be used in the compositions and methods recited herein. - In other embodiments, the the GSNO promoting agent can include an agent that reduces or inhibits ADH and/or AKR expression, such as ADH6 expression or AKR1A1 expression, in tissue or cells of a subject in need thereof. “Expression”, means the overall flow of information from a gene to produce a gene product (typically a protein, optionally post-translationally modified or a functional/structural RNA).
- In some embodiments, the agent can include an RNAi construct that inhibits or reduces expression of the ADH and/or AKR expression in a cell. RNAi constructs comprise RNA that can specifically block expression of a target gene. “RNA interference” or “RNAi” is a term initially applied to a phenomenon observed in plants and worms where double-stranded RNA (dsRNA) blocks gene expression in a specific and post-transcriptional manner.
- As used herein, the term “dsRNA” refers to small interfering RNA (siRNA) molecules or other RNA molecules including a double stranded feature and able to be processed to siRNA in cells, such as hairpin RNA moieties.
- The term “loss-of-function,” as it refers to genes inhibited by the subject RNAi method, refers to a diminishment in the level of expression of a gene when compared to the level in the absence of RNAi constructs.
- As used herein, the phrase “mediates RNAi” refers to (indicates) the ability to distinguish which RNAs are to be degraded by the RNAi process, e.g., degradation occurs in a sequence-specific manner rather than by a sequence-independent dsRNA response, e.g., a PKR response.
- As used herein, the term “RNAi construct” is a generic term used throughout the specification to include small interfering RNAs (siRNAs), hairpin RNAs, and other RNA species, which can be cleaved in vivo to form siRNAs. RNAi constructs herein also include expression vectors (also referred to as RNAi expression vectors) capable of giving rise to transcripts which form dsRNAs or hairpin RNAs in cells, and/or transcripts which can produce siRNAs in vivo.
- “RNAi expression vector” (also referred to herein as a “dsRNA-encoding plasmid”) refers to replicable nucleic acid constructs used to express (transcribe) RNA which produces siRNA moieties in the cell in which the construct is expressed. Such vectors include a transcriptional unit comprising an assembly of (1) genetic element(s) having a regulatory role in gene expression, for example, promoters, operators, or enhancers, operatively linked to (2) a “coding” sequence which is transcribed to produce a double-stranded RNA (two RNA moieties that anneal in the cell to form an siRNA, or a single hairpin RNA which can be processed to an siRNA), and (3) appropriate transcription initiation and termination sequences.
- The choice of promoter and other regulatory elements generally varies according to the intended host cell. In general, expression vectors of utility in recombinant DNA techniques are often in the form of “plasmids” which refer to circular double stranded DNA loops, which, in their vector form are not bound to the chromosome. In the present specification, “plasmid” and “vector” are used interchangeably as the plasmid is the most commonly used form of vector. However, the application describes other forms of expression vectors that serve equivalent functions and which become known in the art subsequently hereto.
- The RNAi constructs contain a nucleotide sequence that hybridizes under physiologic conditions of the cell to the nucleotide sequence of at least a portion of the mRNA transcript for the gene to be inhibited (i.e., the “target” gene). The double-stranded RNA need only be sufficiently similar to natural RNA that it has the ability to mediate RNAi. Thus, embodiments tolerate sequence variations that might be expected due to genetic mutation, strain polymorphism or evolutionary divergence. The number of tolerated nucleotide mismatches between the target sequence and the RNAi construct sequence is no more than 1 in 5 basepairs, or 1 in 10 basepairs, or 1 in 20 basepairs, or 1 in 50 basepairs. Mismatches in the center of the siRNA duplex are most critical and may essentially abolish cleavage of the target RNA. In contrast, nucleotides at the 3′ end of the siRNA strand that is complementary to the target RNA do not significantly contribute to specificity of the target recognition.
- Sequence identity may be optimized by sequence comparison and alignment algorithms known in the art and calculating the percent difference between the nucleotide sequences by, for example, the Smith-Waterman algorithm as implemented in the BESTFIT software program using default parameters (e.g., University of Wisconsin Genetic Computing Group). Greater than 90% sequence identity, or even 100% sequence identity, between the inhibitory RNA and the portion of the target gene is preferred. Alternatively, the duplex region of the RNA may be defined functionally as a nucleotide sequence that is capable of hybridizing with a portion of the target gene transcript.
- Production of RNAi constructs can be carried out by chemical synthetic methods or by recombinant nucleic acid techniques. Endogenous RNA polymerase of the treated cell may mediate transcription in vivo, or cloned RNA polymerase can be used for transcription in vitro. The RNAi constructs may include modifications to either the phosphate-sugar backbone or the nucleoside, e.g., to reduce susceptibility to cellular nucleases, improve bioavailability, improve formulation characteristics, and/or change other pharmacokinetic properties. For example, the phosphodiester linkages of natural RNA may be modified to include at least one of a nitrogen or sulfur heteroatom. Modifications in RNA structure may be tailored to allow specific genetic inhibition while avoiding a general response to dsRNA Likewise, bases may be modified to block the activity of adenosine deaminase. The RNAi construct may be produced enzymatically or by partial/total organic synthesis, a modified ribonucleotide can be introduced by in vitro enzymatic or organic synthesis.
- Methods of chemically modifying RNA molecules can be adapted for modifying RNAi constructs (see for example, Nucleic Acids Res, 25:776-780; J Mol Recog 7:89-98; Nucleic Acids Res 23:2661-2668; Antisense Nucleic Acid Drug Dev 7:55-61). Merely to illustrate, the backbone of an RNAi construct can be modified with phosphorothioates, phosphoramidate, phosphodithioates, chimeric methylphosphonate-phosphodie-sters, peptide nucleic acids, 5-propynyl-pyrimidine containing oligomers or sugar modifications (e.g., 2′-substituted ribonucleosides, a-configuration).
- The double-stranded structure may be formed by a single self-complementary RNA strand or two complementary RNA strands. RNA duplex formation may be initiated either inside or outside the cell. The RNA may be introduced in an amount, which allows delivery of at least one copy per cell. Higher doses (e.g., at least 5, 10, 100, 500 or 1000 copies per cell) of double-stranded material may yield more effective inhibition, while lower doses may also be useful for specific applications. Inhibition is sequence-specific in that nucleotide sequences corresponding to the duplex region of the RNA are targeted for genetic inhibition.
- In certain embodiments, the subject RNAi constructs siRNAs. These nucleic acids are around 19-30 nucleotides in length, and even more preferably 21-23 nucleotides in length, e.g., corresponding in length to the fragments generated by nuclease “dicing” of longer double-stranded RNAs. The siRNAs are understood to recruit nuclease complexes and guide the complexes to the target mRNA by pairing to the specific sequences. As a result, the target mRNA is degraded by the nucleases in the protein complex. In a particular embodiment, the 21-23 nucleotides siRNA molecules comprise a 3′ hydroxyl group.
- The siRNA molecules described herein can be obtained using a number of techniques known to those of skill in the art. For example, the siRNA can be chemically synthesized or recombinantly produced using methods known in the art. For example, short sense and antisense RNA oligomers can be synthesized and annealed to form double-stranded RNA structures with 2-nucleotide overhangs at each end (Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 98:9742-9747; EMBO J, 20:6877-88). These double-stranded siRNA structures can then be directly introduced to cells, either by passive uptake or a delivery system of choice, such as described below.
- In certain embodiments, the siRNA constructs can be generated by processing of longer double-stranded RNAs, for example, in the presence of the enzyme dicer. In one embodiment, the Drosophila in vitro system is used. In this embodiment, dsRNA is combined with a soluble extract derived from Drosophila embryo, thereby producing a combination. The combination is maintained under conditions in which the dsRNA is processed to RNA molecules of about 21 to about 23 nucleotides.
- The siRNA molecules can be purified using a number of techniques known to those of skill in the art. For example, gel electrophoresis can be used to purify siRNAs. Alternatively, non-denaturing methods, such as non-denaturing column chromatography, can be used to purify the siRNA. In addition, chromatography (e.g., size exclusion chromatography), glycerol gradient centrifugation, affinity purification with antibody can be used to purify siRNAs.
- In certain embodiments, the RNAi construct is in the form of a hairpin structure (named as hairpin RNA). The hairpin RNAs can be synthesized exogenously or can be formed by transcribing from RNA polymerase III promoters in vivo. Examples of making and using such hairpin RNAs for gene silencing in mammalian cells are described in, for example, Genes Dev, 2002, 16:948-58; Nature, 2002, 418:38-9; RNA, 2002, 8:842-50; and Proc Natl Acad Sci, 2002, 99:6047-52. Preferably, such hairpin RNAs are engineered in cells or in an animal to ensure continuous and stable suppression of a desired gene. It is known in the art that siRNAs can be produced by processing a hairpin RNA in the cell.
- An RNAi construct for use in a method described herein can include a small non-coding RNA molecule known as microRNA (miRNA) which functions in RNA silencing and post-transcriptional regulation of gene expression. In an exemplary embodiment, miRNA can include miR-342-3p or a miR-342-3p mimic to silence transcription and protein expression of GSNOR in a subject.
- In yet other embodiments, a plasmid can be used to deliver the double-stranded RNA, e.g.,as a transcriptional product. In such embodiments, the plasmid is designed to include a “coding sequence” for each of the sense and antisense strands of the RNAi construct. The coding sequences can be the same sequence, e.g., flanked by inverted promoters, or can be two separate sequences each under transcriptional control of separate promoters. After the coding sequence is transcribed, the complementary RNA transcripts base-pair to form the double-stranded RNA.
- PCT application WO01/77350 describes an example of a vector for bi-directional transcription of a transgene to yield both sense and antisense RNA transcripts of the same transgene in a eukaryotic cell. Accordingly, certain embodiments provide a recombinant vector having the following unique characteristics: it comprises a viral replicon having two overlapping transcription units arranged in an opposing orientation and flanking a transgene for an RNAi construct of interest, wherein the two overlapping transcription units yield both sense and antisense RNA transcripts from the same transgene fragment in a host cell.
- In some embodiments, a lentiviral vector can be used for the long-term expression of a siRNA, such as a short-hairpin RNA (shRNA), to knockdown expression of the GSNOR in a lung tissue cells of a subject in need thereof. Although there have been some safety concerns about the use of lentiviral vectors for gene therapy, self-inactivating lentiviral vectors are considered good candidates for gene therapy as they readily transfect mammalian cells.
- By way of example, short-hairpin RNA (shRNA) down regulation of the AKR1A1 expression can be created using OligoEngene software (OligoEngine, Seattle, Wash.) to identify sequences as targets of siRNA. The oligo sequences can be annealed and ligated into linearized pSUPER RNAi vector (OligoEngine, Seattle, WA) and transformed in E coli strain DH5α cells. After positive clones are selected, plasmid can be transfected into 293T cells by calcium precipitation. The viral supernatant collected containing shRNA can then be used to infect mammalian cells in order to down regulate the AKR1A1.
- AKR1A1 siRNA, shRNA plasmids, and shRNA lentiviral particle gene silencers are commercially available from Santa Cruz Biotechnology under the product names sc-78566, sc-78566-SH, and sc-78566-V.
- In another embodiment, the ADH and/or AKR inhibitor can include antisense oligonucleotides. Antisense oligonucleotides are relatively short nucleic acids that are complementary (or antisense) to the coding strand (sense strand) of the mRNA encoding a particular protein. Although antisense oligonucleotides are typically RNA based, they can also be DNA based. Additionally, antisense oligonucleotides are often modified to increase their stability.
- The binding of these relatively short oligonucleotides to the mRNA is believed to induce stretches of double stranded RNA that trigger degradation of the messages by endogenous RNAses. Additionally, sometimes the oligonucleotides are specifically designed to bind near the promoter of the message, and under these circumstances, the antisense oligonucleotides may additionally interfere with translation of the message. Regardless of the specific mechanism by which antisense oligonucleotides function, their administration to a cell or tissue allows the degradation of the mRNA encoding a specific protein. Accordingly, antisense oligonucleotides decrease the expression and/or activity of a particular protein (e.g., AKR1A1 or GSNOR/ADH5).
- The oligonucleotides can be DNA or RNA or chimeric mixtures or derivatives or modified versions thereof, single-stranded or double-stranded. The oligonucleotide can be modified at the base moiety, sugar moiety, or phosphate backbone, for example, to improve stability of the molecule, hybridization, etc. The oligonucleotide may include other appended groups, such as peptides (e.g., for targeting host cell receptors), or agents facilitating transport across the cell membrane (see, e.g., Proc Natl Acad Sci 86:6553-6556; Proc Natl Acad Sci 84:648-652; PCT Publication No.W088/09810, published Dec. 15, 1988) or the blood-brain barrier (see, e.g., PCT Publication No. WO89/10134, published Apr. 25, 1988), hybridization-triggered cleavage agents (See, e.g., BioTechniques 6:958-976) or intercalating agents. (See, e.g., Pharm Res 5:539-549). To this end, the oligonucleotide may be conjugated or coupled to another molecule.
- Oligonucleotides described herein may be synthesized by standard methods known in the art, e.g., by use of an automated DNA synthesizer (such as are commercially available from Biosearch, Applied Biosystems, etc.). As examples, phosphorothioate oligonucleotides may be synthesized by the method of Stein et al. (Nucl. Acids Res. 16:3209), methylphosphonate oligonucleotides can be prepared by use of controlled pore glass polymer supports (Proc Natl Acad Sci 85:7448-7451).
- The selection of an appropriate oligonucleotide can be performed by one of skill in the art. Given the nucleic acid sequence encoding a particular protein, one of skill in the art can design antisense oligonucleotides that bind to that protein, and test these oligonucleotides in an in vitro or in vivo system to confirm that they bind to and mediate the degradation of the mRNA encoding the particular protein. To design an antisense oligonucleotide that specifically binds to and mediates the degradation of a particular protein, it is important that the sequence recognized by the oligonucleotide is unique or substantially unique to that particular protein. For example, sequences that are frequently repeated across protein may not be an ideal choice for the design of an oligonucleotide that specifically recognizes and degrades a particular message. One of skill in the art can design an oligonucleotide, and compare the sequence of that oligonucleotide to nucleic acid sequences that are deposited in publicly available databases to confirm that the sequence is specific or substantially specific for a particular protein.
- A number of methods have been developed for delivering antisense DNA or RNA to cells; e.g., antisense molecules can be injected directly into the tissue site, or modified antisense molecules, designed to target the desired cells (e.g., antisense linked to peptides or antibodies that specifically bind receptors or antigens expressed on the target cell surface) can be administered systematically.
- However, it may be difficult to achieve intracellular concentrations of the antisense oligonucleotide sufficient to suppress translation on endogenous mRNAs in certain instances. Therefore, another approach utilizes a recombinant DNA construct in which the antisense oligonucleotide is placed under the control of a strong pol III or pol II promoter. For example, a vector can be introduced in vivo such that it is taken up by a cell and directs the transcription of an antisense RNA. Such a vector can remain episomal or become chromosomally integrated, as long as it can be transcribed to produce the desired antisense RNA. Such vectors can be constructed by recombinant DNA technology methods standard in the art. Vectors can be plasmid, viral, or others known in the art, used for replication and expression in mammalian cells.
- Expression of the sequence encoding the antisense RNA can be by a promoter known in the art to act in mammalian, preferably human cells. Such promoters can be inducible or constitutive. Such promoters include but are not limited to: the SV40 early promoter region (Nature 290:304-310), the promoter contained in the 3′ long terminal repeat of Rous sarcoma virus (Cell 22:787-797), the herpes thymidine kinase promoter (Proc Natl Acad Sci 78:1441-1445), the regulatory sequences of the metallothionein gene (Nature 296:39-42), etc. A type of plasmid, cosmid, YAC or viral vector can be used to prepare the recombinant DNA construct that can be introduced directly into the tissue site. Alternatively, viral vectors can be used which selectively infect the desired tissue, in which case administration may be accomplished by another route (e.g., systematically).
- In some embodiments, GSNO and/or the GSNO promoting agent can be provided in pharmaceutical compositions with at least one pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Suitable carriers are described in “Remington: The Science and Practice, Twentieth Edition,” published by Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, which is incorporated herein by reference. Pharmaceutical compositions according to the invention may also comprise one or more non-inventive compound active agents.
- Pharmaceutical compositions comprising GSNO and/or the GSNO promoting agent can be utilized in any pharmaceutically acceptable dosage form, including, but not limited to injectable dosage forms, liquid dispersions, gels, aerosols, ointments, creams, lyophilized formulations, dry powders, tablets, capsules, controlled release formulations, fast melt formulations, delayed release formulations, extended release formulations, pulsatile release formulations, mixed immediate release and controlled release formulations, etc.
- Specifically, GSNO and/or the GSNO promoting agent can be formulated: (a) for administration selected from the group consisting of oral, pulmonary, intravenous, intra-arterial, intrathecal, intra-articular, rectal, ophthalmic, colonic, parenteral, intracisternal, intravaginal, intraperitoneal, local, buccal, nasal, and topical administration; (b) into a dosage form selected from the group consisting of liquid dispersions, gels, aerosols, ointments, creams, tablets, sachets, and capsules; (c) into a dosage form selected from the group consisting of lyophilized formulations, dry powders, fast melt formulations, controlled release formulations, delayed release formulations, extended release formulations, pulsatile release formulations, and mixed immediate release and controlled release formulations; or (d) any combination thereof.
- For targeted delivery to a subject's airway or lung tissue in accordance with a method described above, an inhalation formulation can be used to achieve high local concentrations. Formulations suitable for inhalation include dry powder or aerosolized or vaporized solutions, dispersions, or suspensions capable of being dispensed by an inhaler or nebulizer into the endobronchial or nasal cavity of a subject in need thereof. In some embodiments, GSNO and/or the GSNO promoting agent can be delivered yea aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser that contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, a nebulized liquid, or a dry powder from a suitable device.
- By way of example, an aerosol of 10 mM GSNO, at a dose of 0.05 ml/kg, can be delivered to the subject's airway on a daily basis. Additional embodiments include 1) the use of a similar concentration by dry powdered inhaler, and 2) delivery of greater concentrations to the lower respiratory tract by an aerosol bronchoscopy, 3) by atomizer to the nasal mucosa and osteomeatal complex, 4) to the eustachian tube. This dosing has as its objective restoring or increasing normal levels of GSNO to the airway of a subject in need thereof.
- Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can comprise one or more of the following components: (1) a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerine, propylene glycol, or other synthetic solvents; (2) antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; (3) antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; (4) chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; (5) buffers such as acetates, citrates, or phosphates; and (5) agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. The pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide. A parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes, or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
- Pharmaceutical compositions for injectable use may comprise sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. For intravenous administration, suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, Cremophor EL (BASF, Parsippany, N.J.), or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). In all cases, the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. The pharmaceutical composition should be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and should be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteria and fungi.
- The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium comprising, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion, and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol or sorbitol, and inorganic salts such as sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
- Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active reagent in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating at least one compound of the invention into a sterile vehicle that contains a basic dispersion medium and any other required ingredients. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, exemplary methods of preparation include vacuum drying and freeze-drying, both of which yield a powder of a compound of the invention plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
- Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. They can be enclosed, for example, in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the compound of the invention can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash, wherein the compound in the fluid carrier is applied orally and swished and expectorated or swallowed. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition.
- For transmucosal or transdermal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives. Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories. For transdermal administration, the active reagents are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art. The reagents can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery.
- In some embodiments, GSNO and/or a GSNO promoting agent can be prepared with carriers that will protect against rapid elimination from the body. For example, a controlled release formulation can be used, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art.
- Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,522,811.
- Additionally, suspensions of the compounds of the invention may be prepared as appropriate oily injection suspensions. Suitable lipophilic solvents or vehicles include fatty oils, such as sesame oil, or synthetic fatty acid esters, such as ethyl oleate, triglycerides, or liposomes. Non-lipid polycationic amino polymers may also be used for delivery. Optionally, the suspension may also include suitable stabilizers or agents to increase the solubility of the compounds and allow for the preparation of highly concentrated solutions.
- It is especially advantageous to formulate oral or parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of the compound of the invention calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the compound of the invention and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active agent for the treatment of individuals.
- Pharmaceutical compositions that include GSNO and/or a GSNO promoting agent can comprise one or more pharmaceutical excipients. Examples of such excipients include, but are not limited to binding agents, filling agents, lubricating agents, suspending agents, sweeteners, flavoring agents, preservatives, buffers, wetting agents, disintegrants, effervescent agents, and other excipients. Such excipients are known in the art. Exemplary excipients include: (1) binding agents which include various celluloses and cross-linked polyvinylpyrrolidone, microcrystalline cellulose, silicified microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth and gelatin; (2) filling agents such as various starches, lactose, lactose monohydrate, and lactose anhydrous; (3) disintegrating agents such as alginic acid, Primogel, corn starch, lightly crosslinked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, potato starch, maize starch, and modified starches, croscarmellose sodium, cross-povidone, sodium starch glycolate, and mixtures thereof; (4) lubricants, including agents that act on the flowability of a powder to be compressed, include magnesium stearate, colloidal silicon dioxide, talc, stearic acid, calcium stearate, and silica gel; (5) glidants such as colloidal silicon dioxide; (6) preservatives, such as potassium sorbate, methylparaben, propylparaben, benzoic acid and its salts, other esters of parahydroxybenzoic acid such as butylparaben, alcohols such as ethyl or benzyl alcohol, phenolic compounds such as phenol, or quaternary compounds such as benzalkonium chloride; (7) diluents such as pharmaceutically acceptable inert fillers, such as microcrystalline cellulose, lactose, dibasic calcium phosphate, saccharides, and/or mixtures of any of the foregoing; examples of diluents include microcrystalline cellulose; lactose such as lactose monohydrate, and lactose anhydrous; dibasic calcium phosphate, mannitol; starch; sorbitol; sucrose; and glucose; (8) sweetening agents, including any natural or artificial sweetener, such as sucrose, saccharin sucrose, xylitol, sodium saccharin, cyclamate, aspartame, and acesulfame; (9) flavoring agents, such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, orange flavoring, bubble gum flavor, fruit flavors, and the like; and (10) effervescent agents, including effervescent couples such as an organic acid and a carbonate or bicarbonate. Suitable organic acids include, for example, citric, tartaric, malic, fumaric, adipic, succinic, and alginic acids and anhydrides and acid salts. Suitable carbonates and bicarbonates include, for example, sodium carbonate, sodium bicarbonate, potassium carbonate, potassium bicarbonate, magnesium carbonate, sodium glycine carbonate, L-lysine carbonate, and arginine carbonate. Alternatively, only the sodium bicarbonate component of the effervescent couple may be present.
- In some embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions comprising GSNO and/or a GSNO promoting agent can be used for prophylactic therapy. For example, a therapeutically effective amount of GSNO and/or a GSNO promoting agent can be administered to a premature subject in need thereof prior to oxygen exposure or during daily oxygen exposure to prevent the subject from developing BPD.
- In certain embodiments, subjects can include neonatal human patients experiencing treatment with prolonged supplemental oxygen. Neonatal patients commonly develop wheezing disorders and bronchopulmonary dysplasia BPD following such prolonged targeted oxygen supplementation treatment necessary for neonatal survival.
- While premature infants with BPD have the most severe lung disease, it is further contemplated that all premature infants, even those thought to be late-preterm or near term, are at significantly increased risk for wheezing and asthma than their full-term peers. Therefore, in certain embodiments, subjects administered therapeutic GSNO repleting compositions in accordance with a method described herein can further include premature infants without BPD who can benefit from GSNOR inhibition.
- In general, the dosage, i.e., the therapeutically effective amount, ranges from 1 μg/kg to 10 g/kg body weight and often ranges from 10 μg/kg to 1 g/kg or 10 μg/kg to 100 mg/kg body weight of the subject being treated, per day. In a particular embodiment, the therapeutically effective amount of the GSNOR inhibitor, N6022, ranges from 1 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg body weight daily.
- In some embodiments, the therapeutically effective amount is the amount required to decrease by at least 1%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or even completelyl reverse airway hyperreactivity observed in a subject with BPD. In some embodiments, the therapeutically effective amount can be the amount required to increase lung compliance (Crs) at least 1%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or more and/or decrease lung respiratory resistance (Rrs) associated with hyperoxia in a premature human subject administered supplemental oxygen by at least 1%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or more. In some embodiments, the therapeutically effective amount can be the amount required to produce a measurable increase (e.g., at least 1%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, or more) in forced expiratory volume in 1 second (FEV1), forced expiratory flow (FEF2) and/or increased exercise capacity in the subject.
- In some embodiments, GSNO and/or a GSNO promoting agent can be administered in combination with other NO donors, including SNO-CoA, which is shown to have novel activity in regulating sterol biosynthesis and CoA metabolism. An NO donor donates nitric oxide or a related redox species and more generally provides nitric oxide bioactivity, that is activity which is identified with nitric oxide, e.g., vasorelaxation or stimulation or inhibition of a receptor protein, e.g., ras protein, adrenergic receptor, NFKB. NO donors including S-nitroso, O-nitroso, C-nitroso, and N-nitroso compounds and nitro derivatives thereof and metal NO complexes, but not excluding other NO bioactivity generating compounds, useful herein are described in “Methods in Nitric Oxide Research,” Feelisch et al. eds., pages 71-115 (J. S., John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1996), which is incorporated herein by reference. NO donors which are C-nitroso compounds where nitroso is attached to a tertiary carbon which are useful herein include those described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,359,182 and in WO 02/34705. Examples of S-nitroso compounds, including S-nitrosothiols useful herein other than GSNO, include, for example, S-nitroso-N-acetylpenicillamine, S-nitroso-cysteine and ethyl ester thereof, S-nitroso cysteinyl glycine, S-nitroso-gamma-methyl-L-homocysteine, S-nitroso-L-homocysteine, S-nitroso-gamma-thio-L-leucine, S-nitroso-delta-thio-L-leucine, and S-nitrosoalbumin. Examples of other NO donors useful herein are sodium nitroprusside (nipride), ethyl nitrite, isosorbide, nitroglycerin,
SIN 1 which is molsidomine, furoxamines, N-hydroxy(N-nitrosamine), and perfluorocarbons that have been saturated with NO or a hydrophobic NO donor. GSNO and/or GSNO promoting agents can also be combined with with R(+) enantiomer of amlodipine, a known NO releaser (Zhang at al., J. Cardiovasc. Pharm. 39: 208-214 (2002)). - In some embodiments, GSNO and/or a GSNO promoting agent can be administered in a combinatorial therapy or combination therapy that includes administration of the GSNO and/or a GSNO promoting agent with one or more additional active agents. The phrase “combinatorial therapy” or “combination therapy” embraces the administration of GSNO and/or a GSNO promoting, and one or more therapeutic agents as part of a specific treatment regimen intended to provide beneficial effect from the co-action of these therapeutic agents. Administration of these therapeutic agents in combination typically is carried out over a defined period (usually minutes, hours, days or weeks depending upon the combination selected). “Combinatorial therapy” or “combination therapy” is intended to embrace administration of these therapeutic agents in a sequential manner, that is, wherein each therapeutic agent is administered at a different time, as well as administration of these therapeutic agents, or at least two of the therapeutic agents, in a substantially simultaneous manner. Substantially simultaneous administration can be accomplished, for example by administering to the subject an individual dose having a fixed ratio of each therapeutic agent or in multiple, individual doses for each of the therapeutic agents. Sequential or substantially simultaneous administration of each therapeutic agent can be effected by any appropriate route including, but not limited to, oral routes, intravenous routes, intramuscular routes, and direct absorption through mucous membrane tissue. The therapeutic agents can be administered by the same route or by different routes. The sequence in which the therapeutic agents are administered is not narrowly critical.
- In some embodiments, GSNO and/or GSNO promoting agents can be administered in combination with active agents, such as vasodilators, prostanoid agonists, antiandrogens, cyclosporins and their analogues, antimicrobials, triterpenes, alone or as a mixture. The vasodilators can include potassium channel agonists including minoxidil and its derivatives, aminexil and the compounds described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 3,382,247, 5,756,092, 5,772,990, 5,760,043, 5,466,694, 5,438,058, 4,973,474, chromakalin and diazoxide. The antiandrogens can include 5a-reductase inhibitors such as finasteride and the compounds described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,516,779, cyprosterone acetate, azelaic acid, its salts and its derivatives, and the compounds described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,480,913, flutamide and the compounds described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,411,981, 5,565,467 and 4,910,226. The antimicrobial compounds can include selenium derivatives, ketoconazole, triclocarban, triclosan, zinc pyrithione, itraconazole, pyridine acid, hinokitiol, mipirocine, and the compounds described in EP 680745, clinycine hydrochloride, benzoyl or benzyl peroxide and minocycline. The anti-inflammatory agents can include inhibitors specific for Cox-2 such as for example NS-398 and DuP-697 (B. Batistini et al., DN&P 1994; 7(8):501-511) and/or inhibitors of lipoxygenases, in particular 5-lipoxygenase, such as for example zileuton (F. J. Alvarez & R. T. Slade, Pharmaceutical Res. 1992; 9(11):1465-1473).
- Other active compounds, which can be present in pharmaceutical compositions include aminexil and its derivatives, 60-[(9Z,12Z)octadec-9,12-dienoyl]hexapyranose, benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, phenol, oestradiol, chlorpheniramine maleate, chlorophyllin derivatives, cholesterol, cysteine, methionine, benzyl nicotinate, menthol, peppermint oil, calcium panthotenate, panthenol, resorcinol, protein kinase C inhibitors,
prostaglandin H synthase 1 or COX-1 activators, or COX-2 activators, glycosidase inhibitors, glycosaminoglycanase inhibitors, pyroglutamic acid esters, hexosaccharidic or acylhexosaccharidic acids, substituted ethylenearyls, N-acylated amino acids, flavonoids, derivatives and analogues of ascomycin, histamine antagonists, triterpenes, such as ursolic acid and the compounds described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,529,769, 5,468,888, 5,631,282, saponins, proteoglycanase inhibitors, agonists and antagonists of oestrogens, pseudopterins, cytokines and growth factor promoters, IL-1 or IL-6 inhibitors, IL-10 promoters, TNF inhibitors, vitamins, such as vitamin D, analogues of vitamin B12 and panthotenol, hydroxy acids, benzophenones, esterified fatty acids, and hydantoin. - It will also be appreciated that certain selective GSNO promoting agents that inhibit some ADHs, AKRs, and/or SNO-CoARs can be administered in combination with other selective ADH inhibitors, AKR inhibitors, and/or SNO-CoAR inhibitors that inhibit other ADHs, AKRs, and/or SNO-CoARs. For example, a selective GSNOR/ADHS inhibitor can be administered in combination with an ADH3 inihibitor.
- The invention is further illustrated by the following examples, which is not intended to limit the scope of the claims.
- In this Example, we show that increased GSNOR activity underlies the perinatal airway hyperreactivity observed in BPD and thus GSNO repletion can treat perinodal airway hyperreactivity and BPD. We show these results in a hyperoxic murine model of BPD and airway hyperreactivity. Murine lung development continues postnatally and is similar to the premature human lung. Hyperoxia exposure in neonatal mice creates a lesion very similar to human BPD with characteristic long-term alveolar and parenchymal remodeling, manifesting increased airway reactivity. We used this model to investigate the role of GSNOR in BPD airway hyperreactivity. We demonstrate that neonatal hyperoxia increases GSNOR expression and activity, in part through a microRNA (miR), and GSNO-based treatments can abolish BPD airway hyperreactivity.
- Animal protocols were approved by the Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee at Case Western Reserve University (Cleveland, OH). Timed pregnant C57BL/6 mice (Charles River Laboratories, Wilmington, MA) were maintained on 12-hour light-dark cycles with ad libitum standard food and water. Within 24 hours of birth, litters were pooled and randomized into exposure groups. Paired with a nursing dam, pups were raised in 60% oxygen or room air (21%) for 21 days. Hyperoxia-exposed animals were housed in standard cages placed in a 38-L Plexiglas chamber with a continuous flow of blended oxygen (2 L/min). Oxygen concentrations were monitored twice daily via an oxygen analyzer (miniOX I; MSA Medical, Gurnee, Ill.). To control for oxygen exposures, nursing dams were rotated between paired litters during weekly cage changes. Ventilator studies were conducted and/or tissue harvested within 24 hours of removal from hyperoxia at 3 weeks. A subgroup of animals was returned to room air following 3 weeks of initial hyperoxia exposure and subsequently recovered to 6 weeks of age for adult lung mechanic and GSNOR activity studies.
- Enzyme activity in lung homogenates from 3-weekold and 6-week-old mice was assessed by timed GSNO catabolism and quantification by copper-cysteine reagent and nitric oxide analysis (2C/NOA). After terminal anesthesia with i.p. ketamine/xylazine (Pfizer, St. Joseph, Mo.; Lloyd Laboratories, Shenandoah, Iowa), lungs from mice were harvested and rinsed in ice-cold phosphate-buffered saline (PBS, pH 7.4), placed in centrifuge tubes, snap-frozen in liquid nitrogen, and stored at 280° C. Tissue in ice-cold radioimmunoprecipitation assay lysis buffer containing protease inhibitors (Santa Cruz Biotechnology, Dallas, Tex.) was homogenized, and protein levels were quantified by Pierce bicinchoninic acid (BCA) protein assay kit (Thermo Scientific, Waltham, Mass.). A known quantity of GSNO(28 mM) was loaded with coreagents (300 mMNADH and 2 mM glutathione; Sigma-Aldrich, St. Louis, Mo.) and equivalent protein quantities of frozen lung homogenates in PBS. After incubation for 5 minutes at 37° C., the reaction was quenched by a 1:10 dilution of ice-cold PBS. Uncatabolized GSNO was then measured by 2C/NOA, as previously described in detail (Rogers et al., 2013). Briefly, samples were injected into a temperature-controlled reservoir containing copper cysteine reagent (pH, 6.9) with a continuous flow of blended helium. Gas-phase nitric oxide was liberated from GSNO contained in the injected samples and detected by ozone-based chemiluminescence using an inline nitric oxide analyzer (Seivers 280i; GE Instruments, Boulder, Colo.). GSNO content was determined by fitting chemiluminescence peaks to a GSNO standard curve and normalizing to sample protein levels. Enzyme kinetics were further derived from a Lineweaver-Burke double-reciprocal plot utilizing a total of three loading doses of GSNO (14, 28, and 56 mM).
- Harvested snap-frozen lungs from 3-week-old mice were homogenized in ice-cold radioimmunoprecipitation assay lysis buffer containing protease inhibitors (Santa Cruz Biotechnology), and protein levels were determined by BCA assay (Thermo Scientific). Samples of 50 mg protein were separated by electrophoresis with 4-15% Mini Protean TGX precast gels (Bio-Rad Laboratories, Hercules, Calif.) and transferred to nitrocellulose membranes (P:0 on iBlot; Invitrogen, Rehovot, Israel). Membranes were blocked with 5% milk or bovine serum albumin (BSA; Sigma-Aldrich) and incubated in GSNOR primary antibody (1:1000 in milk; observed band 40 kDa; Proteintech, Rosemont, Ill.), endothelial NOS primary antibody (1:1000 in BSA; observed band 140 kDa; BD Transduction Laboratory, San Jose, Calif.), iNOS primary antibody (1:1000 in BSA; observed band 145 kDa, Abcam, Cambridge, Mass.), or neuronalNOS primary antibody (1:500 in milk; expected band 161 kDa; Abcam) overnight at 4° C. and then horseradish peroxidase-conjugated secondary anti-rabbit antibody (1:3000; Santa Cruz, Dallas, Tex.) or anti-mouse antibody (1:3000; Santa Cruz), as appropriate, for 1 hour at room temperature. As a loading control, membranes were stripped (Pierce Restore; Thermo Scientific) and reprobed with b-actin primary antibody (1:2000 in milk; observed band 42 kDa, Abcam) and anti-mouse horseradish peroxidase-conjugated secondary antibody (1:5000; Abcam). Band intensities were quantified and normalized to b-actin using Super Signal West Pico Chemiluminescent Substrate (Thermo Scientific). Relative intensities were measured using densitometry software (Image J, NIH).
- After terminal anesthesia (ketamine/xylazine), lungs of 3-week-old mice were inflated with intratracheal 10% formalin at 25 cm H2O; tissue was saline perfused with PBS (pH 7.4) and then formalin. The right lung was postfixed in 10% formalin at 4° C. for >24 hours, tissue was paraffin embedded, and 5-mm—cut sections were processed. Tissue sections were immunoblotted with GSNOR primary antibody (1:200; Proteintech) at 4° C. overnight and then biotinylated goat anti-rabbit secondary antibody (1:10,000; Vector Laboratories, Burlingame, CA) using Vectastain ABC kit, and next counterstained with methylene blue (Sigma-Aldrich), as previously described (Marozkina et al., 2012). Primary antibody was omitted as a negative control. Airways were similarly imaged (Rolera XR CCD camera; Q Imaging, Surrey, Canada).
- RNA was extracted from saline-perfused snapfrozen lungs of 3-week-old mice preserved in RNAlater-ICE reagent using a miRVana column isolation kit (Life Technologies, Carlsbad, Calf.). RNA was quantified by Nanodrop spectroscopy (Thermo Scientific), and microarray analysis of all mature mouse probes from the miRBase V21 library were compared between groups (LC Sciences, Houston, Tex.). Utilizing a gene-miR interaction search (Dweep et al., 2011, 2014) for the 39 untranslated region binding site of GSNOR mRNA (gene id: adh5, alcohol dehydrogenase 5), the most predicted miR candidates were cross-referenced with the microarray results, and high-probability miRs were selected and confirmed by quantitative reverse-transcription polymerase chain reaction (qRT-PCR).
- qRT-PCR
- RNA was extracted from frozen lungs of 3-week-old mice using TRIzol reagent (Life Technologies) and quantified by Nanodrop spectroscopy (Thermo Scientific). cDNA was generated from 1 mg RNA by reverse transcription using qScript cDNA synthesis kit (Quanta Biosciences, Gaithersburg, Md.). Real-time quantitative polymerase chain reaction was performed on a StepOne PCR system (Applied Biosystems, Foster City, Calif.) using TaqMan probes (Life Technologies) for GSNOR (Mm00475804_g1) compared with 25% diluted b-actin control (Thermo Scientific) with PerfeCTa qPCR FastMix, UNG, ROX (Quanta Biosciences, Gaithersburg, Md.). For microRNA qRT-PCR, RNA was similarly extracted as in the miR microarray studies. cDNA was generated using TaqMan primerspecific assays and MicroRNA Reverse Transcription kit, and realtime quantitative polymerase chain reaction was performed using TaqMan MicroRNA assays for microRNA-342-3p (2260, Thermo Scientific) compared with snRNA-U6 control (001973, Thermo Scientific) with TaqMan Universal Master Mix, No AmpErase UNG (Life Technologies). Fold changes are reported utilizing 2{circumflex over ( )}-ddCT method and StepOne software v2.3 (Applied Biosystems).
- Transfection with mmu-miR-342-3p and Cytomix Activation of RAW 264.7 Cells
- RAW 264.7 macrophage cells (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, Va.) were cultured in Gibco Dulbecco's modified Eagle's medium with 10% fetal bovine serum and 1% penicillin-streptomycin (Life Technologies). Cells were transfected with 20 nM miRIDIAN miR mimic for mmu-miR-342-3p or with a miR mimic transfection control, cel-miR-67 (Dharmacon, GE Lifesciences, Lafayette, Colo.) by AMAXA electroporation utilizing Nucleofector Kit V (Lonza Group, Basel, Switzerland), per manufacturer's instructions. After 48 hours, cells were harvested for protein or RNA studies, and pellets were snap frozen. Protein levels were determined by BCA assay, and protein was equivalently loaded for gel electrophoresis and Western blot analysis of GSNOR:b-actin, as described above. RAW 264.7 qRT-PCR for miR-342-3p was similarly performed on transfected cells, as described above, to confirm increased gene expression resulting from transfection. Additionally, untransfected RAW 264.7 cells in culture media were incubated with cytomix (10 ng/mL each interleukin-lb, tumor necrosis factor-α, interferon-g, and lipopolysaccharide; Sigma-Aldrich) or vehicle for 10 hours to measure changes in GSNOR expression in the activated macrophage (Tan et al., 2013).
- GSNO was synthesized in-house. Briefly, using a nitrogen sparge at 4° C. in light-protective conditions, reduced L-glutathione (2 g) in purged hydrochloric acid (2 N) and purged ultrapure water was S-nitrosylated with sodium nitrite (455 mg) over 30-60 minutes (Sigma-Aldrich). The resulting pink GSNO solution was vacuum filtered, mixed with 10 mL purged 50% acetone for 10-20 minutes, and filtered again. Samples were lyophilized and stored at 280° C. Concentration was confirmed by Saville assay.
- N6022 is a selective smallmolecule reversible inhibitor of GSNOR. Powdered N6022 (Nivalis Therapeutics, Boulder, CO, purchased through MedChem Express, Monmouth Junction, N.J.) was reconstituted in sterile PBS (pH 7.4) and administered to hyperoxia exposed mice as a single 1 mg/kg i.p. injection the day prior to testing lung mechanics.
- Under general anesthesia (i.p. ketamine/xylazine), mice were placed supine on a heated surgical table, tracheostomized, and ventilated via a 19-gauge blunt-tip cannula with a commercial rodent ventilator (flexiVent; SCIREQ, Montreal, Canada). Animals were paralyzed (i.p. pancuronium bromide; Sigma-Aldrich) and ventilated at default settings: tidal volume of 10 mL/kg, a rate of 150 breaths/min, a positive end expiratory pressure of 3 cm H2O, and a FiO2 of 50%. Following two recruitment deep inflations of sustained inspiration up to a pressure of 30 cm H2O for 3 seconds, 10mM GSNO or saline vehicle was aerosolized over 10 seconds using an ultrasonic nebulizer (Aeroneb; SCIREQ) diverted into the ventilator's inspiratory flow. Inhaled GSNO concentration was chosen based upon the published studies in ventilated guinea pigs and human trials in cystic fibrosis. After 5 minutes had elapsed, two recruitment deep inflations were again delivered, and increasing methacholine doses of 0, 12.5, 25, 50, 100, and 200 mg/mL were similarly aerosolized over 10 seconds to generate a dose-response curve. Using computer software (flexiWare 5.1, Version 7.2, SCIREQ), five measurements of respiratory system resistance (Rrs) were calculated by a 2.5 Hz single-frequency forced oscillation maneuver (Snapshot 150), and an average was reported for each methacholine dose. Respiratory mechanics were measured in both 3-week-old mice immediately following sustained hyperoxia exposure and separate 6-week-old mice that were recovered in room air following the initial 3 weeks of hyperoxia exposure.
- Data are expressed as means±S.E.M. A minimum of two litters or experiments was used for each study; n represent individual animals or cell transfections. Data containing two groups were first tested for normality and variance and then analyzed by two sample student t test, Welch's t test, or Mann-Whitney U test, as appropriate. For multiple comparisons, analysis of variance with Tukey-Kramer post hoc test was used. Alterations in airway reactivity with increasing doses of methacholine were compared by two-way analysis of variance repeated-measures analysis with Tukey-Kramer post hoc comparisons using a fixed-sequence method from highest to lowest methacholine dose. P, 0.05 was considered statistically significant.
- If not otherwise stated, all reagents and chemicals were purchased from Sigma-Aldrich and were of an analytical grade.
- GSNO Catabolism is Increased after Neonatal Hyperoxia
- Increased expression of GSNOR causes loss of the endogenous bronchodilator, GSNO, and increased bronchial hyperreactivity. Using 2C/NOA, we have shown that GSNOR activity (NADH-dependent GSNO catabolism/min/mg protein) in the lungs of 3-week-old mice raised in neonatal hyperoxia was higher than that of room air controls (
FIG. 1A ). The Lineweaver-Burke plots of estimated maximum velocity and Michaelis-Menton constant tended to be increased among the hyperoxia-exposed group (FIG. 1B ), yet the ratio of maximum velocity/Michaelis-Menton constant was similar between groups. Although these kinetic findings could indicate loss of a noncompetitive inhibitor, the most likely explanation was increased GSNOR expression in hyperoxia. GSNOR activity was also measured by 2C/NOA in the lung homogenates from 6-week-old mice who were exposed to 3 weeks of hyperoxia and then recovered in room air. GSNOR activity remained significantly increased in the hyperoxia-exposed roomair-recovered mice, compared with 6-week-old room air controls (11.84±0.22 versus 11.08±0.17 mM/min/mg protein, respectively, P, 0.05), albeit with less catabolic activity permgprotein than at 3 weeks of age. - GSNOR Expression is Increased after Neonatal Hyperoxia
- Consistent with the GSNOR kinetic data in 3-week-old mice, the relative protein expression of GSNOR was increased in the lungs of 3-week-old mice raised in hyperoxia when compared with room air controls, as assessed by Western blot (
FIG. 1C ). - eNOS Expression Is Increased after Neonatal Hyperoxia
- The relative protein expression of eNOS was increased in the lungs of 3-week-old mice raised in hyperoxia when compared with room air controls, as assessed by Western blot (
FIG. 1D ). iNOS expression was not significantly different between groups, and neuronal NOS was not detected in the lungs of either group by this Western blot preparation (data not shown). - To determine whether differences in GSNOR expression were transcriptionally mediated, we performed qRT-PCR on lung homogenates from 3-week-old mice raised in hyperoxia or room air. GSNOR mRNA expression did not differ between groups.
- GSNOR immunostaining was prominent in the hyperoxia-exposed 3-week-old mice and, consistent with previous findings, staining was localized to the epithelium and smooth muscle of the airways (
FIG. 2 ). - mmu-miR-342-3p Gene Expression is Decreased After Neonatal Hyperoxia
- Because GSNOR mRNA expression did not explain differences in GSNOR protein expression, we next investigated whether microRNA gene silencing regulates its expression. Microarray analysis performed on lung homogenates from individual 3-week-old animals identified miR candidates found to have decreased expression in hyperoxia. MicroRNA candidates were then cross-referenced with the highest predicted gene-miR interactions to adh5, the GSNOR gene. mmu-miR-342-3p showed trends toward decreased expression in hyperoxia bymicroarray and was predicted by six different prediction data sets to interact with the 39 untranslated region of GSNOR. mmu-miR-342-3p was confirmed by qRT-PCR to be significantly underexpressed in the lungs of hyperoxia exposed 3-week-old mice when compared with room air controls (
FIG. 3 ). - Transfection with miR-342-3p Decreases GSNOR Expression
- We next showed that miR-342-3p decreases protein expression of GSNOR using mouse macrophage RAW 264.7 cells. RAW 264.7 cells endogenously express GSNOR (confirmed by Western blot in naive cells and those activated with cytomix; no significant difference was observed with cytomix treatment) and were one of the original cell lines used to isolate and describe GSNOR (Liu et al., 2001). RAW 264.7 cells transiently transfected with a miR-342-3p mimic had decreased GSNOR protein expression compared with cells transfected with a miR mimic control (
FIG. 4 ). We confirmed miR-342-3p overexpression following transfection by qRT-PCR. - Hyperoxic Changes in Respiratory Mechanics are Attenuated by Pretreatment with a GSNO Aerosol or by GSNOR Inhibition
- We have shown that neonatal hyperoxia increased GSNOR activity and expression. Therefore, we tested whether GSNO repletion or GSNOR inhibition could reverse the airway hyperreactivity observed in our BPD model. Responses to methacholine-provoked airway hyperresponsiveness were characterized by measuring Rrs, an indicator of airway hyperreactivity. Compared with room air controls, 3-week-old mice raised in hyperoxia displayed elevated Rrs in response to aerosolized methacholine challenge (
FIG. 5A ). Pretreatment of the hyperoxia-exposed mice with a 10-second GSNO aerosol attenuated these changes, such that this group was no longer significantly different from room air controls, except at the highest methacholine dose (200 mg/mL). Pretreatment of the hyperoxia-exposedmice with an i.p. injection of a selective inhibitor of GSNOR activity, N6022, attenuated these changes as well, such that this group was no longer significantly different from room air controls at all methacholine doses. Next we show in room air-recovered six-week-old animals that neonatal hyperoxia-exposed mice continued to have elevated Rrs in response to aerosolized methacholine challenge when compared with room air-raised controls (FIG. 5B ). In these six-week-old mice exposed to neonatal hyperoxia, both pretreatment with GSNO aerosolization and GSNOR inhibition with N6022 remained effective in attenuating the hyperoxia induced airway hyperresponsiveness. At both ages, pretreatment with GSNO in room air-exposed mice did not significantly change Rrs when compared with room air saline-treated controls (data not shown), and baseline Rrs prior to aerosolizations was not statistically different between groups (data not shown). - From the above description of the invention, those skilled in the art will perceive improvements, changes and modifications. Such improvements, changes and modifications within the skill of the art are intended to be covered by the appended claims. All references, publications, and patents cited in the present application are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
Claims (15)
1. A method of treating a hyperoxia induced disease or disorder associated with GSNO deficiency in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising:
administering to the subject a therapeutically effective amount of GSNO or a GSNO promoting agent.
2. The method of claim 1 , the disease or disorder including at least one of respiratory distress syndrome or bronchopulmonary dysplasia (BDP).
3. The method of claim 1 , the subject comprising a prematurely born neonatal human subject.
4. The method of claim 1 , wherein the GSNO is aerosolized GSNO.
5. The method of claim 2 , the aerosolized GSNO administered to the subject at a dose of about 1 μg/kg to 10 g/kg body weight daily.
6. The method of claim 1 , wherein the GSNO promoting agent is a GSNO reductase (GSNOR) inhibiting agent.
7. The method of claim 6 , the GSNO reductase inhibiting agent comprising a pyrrole inhibitor of GSNO reductase.
9. The method of claim 1 , the GSNO promoting agent selected from the group consisting of an ADH inhibitor, an AKR inhibitor and/or a SNO-CoAR inhibitor.
10. The method of claim 9 , the AKR inhibitor comprising an AKR1A1 inhibitor.
11. The method of claim 1 , the GSNO promoting agent administered to the subject via intraperitoneal administration.
12. The method of claim 1 , wherein the GSNO or GSNO promoting agent is administered to a premature subject prior to supplemental oxygen treatment.
13. The method of claim 1 , wherein the GSNO or GSNO promoting agent is administered to a premature subject during supplemental oxygen treatment.
14. The method of claim 1 , wherein the therapeutically effective amount of GSNO or GSNO promoting agent is the amount effective to increase the level of GSNO in the subject's lung tissue.
15-27. (canceled)
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/868,106 US20230024914A1 (en) | 2016-01-27 | 2022-07-19 | Methods of treating respiratory disorders |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201662287515P | 2016-01-27 | 2016-01-27 | |
US15/418,126 US10537557B2 (en) | 2016-01-27 | 2017-01-27 | Methods of treating respiratory disorders |
US16/748,588 US11389430B2 (en) | 2016-01-27 | 2020-01-21 | Methods of treating respiratory disorders |
US17/868,106 US20230024914A1 (en) | 2016-01-27 | 2022-07-19 | Methods of treating respiratory disorders |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/748,588 Continuation US11389430B2 (en) | 2016-01-27 | 2020-01-21 | Methods of treating respiratory disorders |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20230024914A1 true US20230024914A1 (en) | 2023-01-26 |
Family
ID=59360065
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/418,126 Active US10537557B2 (en) | 2016-01-27 | 2017-01-27 | Methods of treating respiratory disorders |
US16/748,588 Active US11389430B2 (en) | 2016-01-27 | 2020-01-21 | Methods of treating respiratory disorders |
US17/868,106 Abandoned US20230024914A1 (en) | 2016-01-27 | 2022-07-19 | Methods of treating respiratory disorders |
Family Applications Before (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/418,126 Active US10537557B2 (en) | 2016-01-27 | 2017-01-27 | Methods of treating respiratory disorders |
US16/748,588 Active US11389430B2 (en) | 2016-01-27 | 2020-01-21 | Methods of treating respiratory disorders |
Country Status (1)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US10537557B2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (5)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
CA3076889A1 (en) | 2017-09-25 | 2019-03-28 | Case Western Reserve University | Compositions and methods of reducing serum cholesterol and pcsk9 |
US11931339B2 (en) | 2018-06-25 | 2024-03-19 | Case Western Reserve University | Compositions and methods for treating tissue injury |
EP3852750A4 (en) | 2018-09-21 | 2022-05-11 | Case Western Reserve University | Aldoketo reductase inhibitors and uses thereof |
WO2021040814A1 (en) * | 2019-08-23 | 2021-03-04 | NOTA Laboratories, LLC | Nitric oxide generating systems for nasal inhalation |
US20220193181A1 (en) * | 2020-12-21 | 2022-06-23 | Musc Foundation For Research Development | S-nitrosoglutathione (gsno) and gsno reducatase inhibitors for use in therapy |
Family Cites Families (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4211239A (en) * | 1978-05-03 | 1980-07-08 | University Of Utah | Neonatal oxygen consumption monitor |
DK2315591T3 (en) * | 2008-08-15 | 2016-06-06 | Nivalis Therapeutics Inc | NOVEL PYRROLE INHIBITORS OF S-nitrosoglutathione-reductase as therapeutic agents |
-
2017
- 2017-01-27 US US15/418,126 patent/US10537557B2/en active Active
-
2020
- 2020-01-21 US US16/748,588 patent/US11389430B2/en active Active
-
2022
- 2022-07-19 US US17/868,106 patent/US20230024914A1/en not_active Abandoned
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
US20170209419A1 (en) | 2017-07-27 |
US10537557B2 (en) | 2020-01-21 |
US20200206195A1 (en) | 2020-07-02 |
US11389430B2 (en) | 2022-07-19 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11389430B2 (en) | Methods of treating respiratory disorders | |
US11207370B2 (en) | Peptidomimetics for the treatment of coronavirus and picornavirus infections | |
US20230093056A1 (en) | Compositions and methods of modulating s-nitrosylation | |
EP3411026B1 (en) | Use of stimulators of soluble guanylate cyclase for the treatment of nonalcoholic steatohepatitis (nash) | |
US20210395194A1 (en) | Substituted n-acetyl-l-cysteine derivatives and related compounds | |
JP2023520580A (en) | Methods of treating coronavirus-induced inflammatory conditions | |
US20210177846A1 (en) | USE OF sGC STIMULATORS FOR THE TREATMENT OF MITOCHONDRIAL DISORDERS | |
US20230190710A1 (en) | Compositions and methods of reducing serum cholesterol and pcsk9 | |
US20170281612A1 (en) | Methods for the Treatment of Cystic Fibrosis | |
JP2023516628A (en) | Use of Nucleotide-Based Compounds to Treat Coronavirus Infections | |
WO2022072397A1 (en) | Ampk activators and methods of use thereof | |
JP2014521740A (en) | A pharmaceutical composition for preventing or treating diabetes or fatty liver, comprising a CYP4A inhibitor as an active ingredient. | |
US11426386B2 (en) | Compositions and methods of modulating S-nitrosylation | |
US20230054339A1 (en) | Compositions and methods of modulating s-nitrosylation | |
CA3176909A1 (en) | Compositions and methods for the prevention and/or treatment of mitochondrial disease, including friedreich's ataxia | |
JP2005536467A (en) | Method of treating respiratory diseases and conditions using selective iNOS inhibitors | |
JP2013521284A (en) | Compositions and methods for the treatment of viral diseases | |
AU2021200051A1 (en) | Method of treatment and compositions comprising a dual PI3K delta-gamma kinase inhibitor and corticosteroid | |
CN114502160A (en) | Calpain inhibitors and their use for treating neurological disorders | |
JP2016183111A (en) | Nrf2 ACTIVATOR | |
US20220378741A1 (en) | Compositions and methods for suppressing and/or treating neurodegenerative diseases and/or a clinical condition thereof | |
US20220040189A1 (en) | Compositions and methods of treatment for neurological disorders comprising motor neuron diseases | |
JP2010077081A (en) | Biological clock period elongation agent and circadian rhythm disorder treating agent containing the same | |
NZ723402A (en) | Compositions of selenoorganic compounds and methods of use thereof |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |